Table of Contents
- LTE Series
- User’s Guide
- Introduction
- The Web Configurator
- Quick Start
- Tutorials
- 4.1 Overview
- 4.2 Set Up a Wireless Network Using WPS
- 4.3 Connect to the Zyxel Device’s WiFi Network
- 4.4 Use Multiple SSIDs on the Zyxel Device
- 4.5 Make a VoIP/VoLTE Phone Call
- 4.6 Configure a Firewall Rule
- 4.7 Configure MAC Filter
- 4.8 Upgrade Firmware on the Zyxel Device
- 4.9 Back up a Configuration File
- 4.10 Restore Configuration
- 4.11 Connect to the Internet
- 4.12 Configure DHCP
- 4.13 Configure Static Route for Routing to Another Network
- 4.14 Access the Zyxel Device Using DDNS
- Technical Reference
- Connection Status
- Broadband
- Wireless
- Home Networking
- Routing
- Network Address Translation (NAT)
- Dynamic DNS Setup
- USB Service
- Firewall
- MAC Filter
- Parental Control
- Certificates
- Voice
- Log
- Traffic Status
- ARP Table
- Routing Table
- WLAN Station Status
- VoIP Status
- Cellular WAN Status
- System
- User Account
- Remote Management
- TR-069 Client
- Time Settings
- E-mail Notification
- Log Setting
- Firmware Upgrade
- Backup/Restore
- Diagnostic
- Troubleshooting
- Appendices
Zyxel LTE7490-M904 User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for LTE7490-M904 by Zyxel which is a product in the Wireless Routers category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
Default Login Details
User’s Guide
LTE Series
Copyright © 2020 Zyxel Communications Corporation
LAN IP Address http://192.168.1.1
Login admin
Password See the Zyxel Device label
Version 1.00_2.00 Ed 4, 3/2020
LTE Series User’s Guide
2
IMPORTANT!
READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USE.
KEEP THIS GUIDE FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
This is a series User’s Guide. Screenshots and graphics in this book may differ slightly from what you see
due to differences in your product firmware or your computer operating system. Every effort has been
made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate.
Related Documentation
•Quick Start Guide
The Quick Start Guide shows how to connect the Zyxel Device.
•More Information
Go to support.zyxel.com to find other information on the Zyxel Device.
LTE Series User’s Guide
3
Document Conventions
Warnings and Notes
These are how warnings and notes are shown in this guide.
Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your Zyxel
Device.
Note: Notes tell you other important information (for example, other things you may need to
configure or helpful tips) or recommendations.
Syntax Conventions
• The LTE device in this user’s guide may be referred to as the “Zyxel Device” in this guide.
• Product labels, screen names, field labels and field choices are all in bold font.
• A right angle bracket ( > ) within a screen name denotes a mouse click. For example, Network Setting
> Routing > DNS Route means you first click Network Setting in the navigation panel, then the Routing
submenu and finally the DNS Route tab to get to that screen.
Icons Used in Figures
Figures in this user guide may use the following generic icons. The Zyxel Device icon is not an exact
representation of your Zyxel Device.
Zyxel Device Generic Router Switch
Server Firewall USB Storage Device
Printer
Contents Overview
LTE Series User’s Guide
4
Contents Overview
User’s Guide ......................................................................................................................................15
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 16
The Web Configurator ......................................................................................................................... 35
Quick Start ............................................................................................................................................. 44
Tutorials .................................................................................................................................................. 48
Technical Reference ........................................................................................................................70
Connection Status ................................................................................................................................ 71
Broadband ............................................................................................................................................ 83
Wireless ................................................................................................................................................... 99
Home Networking ............................................................................................................................... 131
Routing ................................................................................................................................................. 154
Network Address Translation (NAT) ................................................................................................... 162
Dynamic DNS Setup ........................................................................................................................... 175
USB Service .......................................................................................................................................... 179
Firewall ................................................................................................................................................. 184
MAC Filter ............................................................................................................................................ 195
Parental Control ................................................................................................................................. 197
Certificates .......................................................................................................................................... 201
Voice .................................................................................................................................................... 210
Log ....................................................................................................................................................... 223
Traffic Status ....................................................................................................................................... 226
ARP Table ............................................................................................................................................ 229
Routing Table ...................................................................................................................................... 231
WLAN Station Status ........................................................................................................................... 234
VoIP Status ........................................................................................................................................... 236
Cellular WAN Status ........................................................................................................................... 239
System .................................................................................................................................................. 244
User Account ...................................................................................................................................... 245
Remote Management ....................................................................................................................... 248
TR-069 Client ........................................................................................................................................ 253
Time Settings ........................................................................................................................................ 255
E-mail Notification .............................................................................................................................. 258
Log Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 261
Firmware Upgrade .............................................................................................................................. 264
Backup/Restore .................................................................................................................................. 266
Diagnostic ........................................................................................................................................... 269
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................. 271
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
6
Table of Contents
Document Conventions .................. .................. .... .... .................. .... ... .... ................... ... .... ...................3
Contents Overview .............................................................................................................................4
Table of Contents.................................................................................................................................6
Part I: User’s Guide..........................................................................................15
Chapter 1
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................16
1.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 16
1.2 Application for the Zyxel Device .................................................................................................. 18
1.2.1 WAN Priority (LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604) ................ 20
1.3 Manage the Zyxel Device ............................................................................................................. 20
1.4 Good Habits for Managing the Zyxel Device ............................................................................. 20
1.5 Front and Bottom Panels ............................................................................................................... 21
1.5.1 LEDs (Lights) ........................................................................................................................... 24
1.5.2 Panel Ports & Buttons ............................................................................................................ 28
1.5.3 Turning On/Off WiFi ............................................................................................................... 29
1.5.4 The RESET Button .................................................................................................................... 31
1.6 Wall Mounting ................................................................................................................................. 33
Chapter 2
The Web Configurator........................................................................................................................35
2.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 35
2.1.1 Access the Web Configurator ............................................................................................. 35
2.2 Web Configurator Layout .............................................................................................................. 37
2.2.1 Settings Icon .......................................................................................................................... 37
2.2.2 Widget Icon ........................................................................................................................... 42
Chapter 3
Quick Start..........................................................................................................................................44
3.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 44
3.2 Quick Start Setup ............................................................................................................................ 44
3.3 Time Zone ........................................................................................................................................ 44
3.4 The Internet Connection Setup ..................................................................................................... 45
3.4.1 Successful Internet Connection .......................................................................................... 45
3.4.2 Unsuccessful Internet Connection ...................................................................................... 46
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
7
3.5 Quick Start Setup-Wireless ............................................................................................................. 46
3.6 Quick Start Setup-Finish .................................................................................................................. 47
Chapter 4
Tutorials ...............................................................................................................................................48
4.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 48
4.2 Set Up a Wireless Network Using WPS ........................................................................................... 48
4.2.1 Push Button Configuration (PBC) ........................................................................................ 49
4.2.2 PIN Configuration .................................................................................................................. 50
4.3 Connect to the Zyxel Device’s WiFi Network .............................................................................. 51
4.4 Use Multiple SSIDs on the Zyxel Device ........................................................................................ 54
4.4.1 Configure Security Settings of Multiple SSIDs ..................................................................... 54
4.5 Make a VoIP/VoLTE Phone Call .................................................................................................... 58
4.6 Configure a Firewall Rule ............................................................................................................... 59
4.7 Configure MAC Filter ...................................................................................................................... 60
4.8 Upgrade Firmware on the Zyxel Device ...................................................................................... 61
4.9 Back up a Configuration File ......................................................................................................... 62
4.10 Restore Configuration .................................................................................................................. 62
4.11 Connect to the Internet ............................................................................................................... 63
4.12 Configure DHCP ........................................................................................................................... 64
4.12.1 Add Devices to Your Static DHCP List ............................................................................... 64
4.13 Configure Static Route for Routing to Another Network ......................................................... 65
4.14 Access the Zyxel Device Using DDNS ......................................................................................... 68
4.14.1 Register a DDNS Account on www.dyndns.org .............................................................. 68
4.14.2 Configure DDNS on Your Zyxel Device ............................................................................. 68
4.14.3 Test the DDNS Settings ........................................................................................................ 69
Part II: Technical Reference...........................................................................70
Chapter 5
Connection Status..............................................................................................................................71
5.1 Connection Status Overview ........................................................................................................ 71
5.1.1 Connectivity .......................................................................................................................... 71
5.1.2 System Info ............................................................................................................................. 72
5.1.3 Cellular Info ............................................................................................................................ 74
5.1.4 WiFi Settings ........................................................................................................................... 78
5.1.5 Guest WiFi Settings ................................................................................................................ 79
5.1.6 LAN ......................................................................................................................................... 81
Chapter 6
Broadband..........................................................................................................................................83
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
8
6.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 83
6.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ....................................................................................... 83
6.1.2 What You Need to Know ..................................................................................................... 84
6.1.3 Before You Begin ................................................................................................................... 84
6.2 Broadband ...................................................................................................................................... 84
6.2.1 Add/Edit Internet Connection .............................................................................................85
6.3 WAN Backup ................................................................................................................................... 89
6.4 Ethernet WAN .................................................................................................................................. 90
6.5 Cellular WAN ................................................................................................................................... 91
6.6 Cellular SIM Configuration ............................................................................................................. 92
6.7 Cellular Band Configuration .......................................................................................................... 93
6.8 Cellular PLMN Configuration ......................................................................................................... 94
6.9 IP Passthrough ................................................................................................................................. 97
Chapter 7
Wireless ...............................................................................................................................................99
7.1 Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 99
7.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ....................................................................................... 99
7.1.2 What You Need to Know ..................................................................................................... 99
7.2 General Settings ........................................................................................................................... 100
7.2.1 No Security ........................................................................................................................... 102
7.2.2 More Secure (WPA2-PSK) ...................................................................................................103
7.3 Guest/More AP ............................................................................................................................. 104
7.4 More AP Edit .................................................................................................................................. 105
7.5 MAC Authentication .................................................................................................................... 108
7.6 WPS ................................................................................................................................................. 110
7.7 WMM .............................................................................................................................................. 112
7.8 Others Screen ............................................................................................................................... 113
7.9 WLAN Scheduler ........................................................................................................................... 115
7.9.1 Add/Edit Rules ................................................................. 116
7.10 Channel Status ............................................................................................................................ 117
7.11 Technical Reference .................................................................................................................. 118
7.11.1 WiFi Network Overview ..................................................................................................... 118
7.11.2 Additional Wireless Terms ................................................................................................. 120
7.11.3 WiFi Security Overview ...................................................................................................... 120
7.11.4 Signal Problems ................................................................................................................. 122
7.11.5 BSS ....................................................................................................................................... 122
7.11.6 Preamble Type .................................................................................................................. 123
7.11.7 WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) ............................................................................................. 123
Chapter 8
Home Networking............................................................................................................................131
8.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 131
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
9
8.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ..................................................................................... 131
8.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................... 131
8.2 LAN Setup ...................................................................................................................................... 132
8.3 Static DHCP ................................................................................................................................... 136
8.3.1 Before You Begin ................................................................................................................. 136
8.4 UPnP ............................................................................................................................................... 138
8.5 Technical Reference .................................................................................................................... 139
8.6 Turn on UPnP in Windows 7 Example ..........................................................................................140
8.6.1 Auto-discover Your UPnP-enabled Network Device ...................................................... 141
8.7 Turn on UPnP in Windows 10 Example ........................................................................................ 144
8.7.1 Auto-discover Your UPnP-enabled Network Device ...................................................... 146
8.8 Web Configurator Easy Access in Windows 7 ........................................................................... 149
8.9 Web Configurator Easy Access in Windows 10 ......................................................................... 151
Chapter 9
Routing..............................................................................................................................................154
9.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 154
9.2 Configure Static Route ................................................................................................................ 154
9.2.1 Add/Edit Static Route ......................................................................................................... 155
9.3 DNS Route ...................................................................................................................................... 157
9.3.1 Add/Edit DNS Route ........................................................................................................... 157
9.4 Policy Route .................................................................................................................................. 158
9.4.1 Add/Edit Policy Route ........................................................................................................ 160
9.5 RIP Overview ................................................................................................................................. 161
9.5.1 RIP ......................................................................................................................................... 161
Chapter 10
Network Address Translation (NAT)................................................................................................162
10.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 162
10.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 162
10.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 162
10.2 Port Forwarding Overview ......................................................................................................... 163
10.2.1 Port Forwarding ................................................................................................................. 164
10.2.2 Add/Edit Port Forwarding ................................................................................................. 164
10.3 Port Triggering ............................................................................................................................. 166
10.3.1 Add/Edit Port Triggering Rule ...........................................................................................168
10.4 DMZ .............................................................................................................................................. 169
10.5 ALG ............................................................................................................................................... 170
10.6 Address Mapping ....................................................................................................................... 171
10.6.1 Address Mapping Screen ................................................................................................ 171
10.6.2 Add New Rule Screen ...................................................................................................... 172
10.7 Sessions ........................................................................................................................................ 173
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
10
Chapter 11
Dynamic DNS Setup.........................................................................................................................175
11.1 DNS Overview ............................................................................................................................. 175
11.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 175
11.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 175
11.2 DNS Entry ..................................................................................................................................... 176
11.2.1 Add/Edit DNS Entry ........................................................................................................... 176
11.3 Dynamic DNS .............................................................................................................................. 177
Chapter 12
USB Service................. ... .... .... .................. .... .... .................. .... ... ................... ... .... ..............................179
12.1 USB Service Overview ................................................................................................................ 179
12.1.1 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 179
12.1.2 Before You Begin ............................................................................................................... 180
12.2 USB Service .................................................................................................................................. 180
12.2.1 Add New Share ................................................................................................................. 182
12.2.2 The Add New User Screen ............................................................................................... 183
Chapter 13
Firewall..............................................................................................................................................184
13.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 184
13.1.1 What You Need to Know About Firewall ........................................................................ 184
13.2 Firewall ......................................................................................................................................... 185
13.2.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 185
13.3 Firewall General Settings ............................................................................................................ 185
13.4 Protocol (Customized Services) ................................................................................................ 187
13.4.1 Add Customized Service ..................................................................................................187
13.5 Access Control (Rules) ............................................................................................................... 188
13.5.1 Add New ACL Rule Screen .............................................................................................. 189
13.6 DoS ............................................................................................................................................... 191
13.7 Firewall Technical Reference .................................................................................................... 192
13.7.1 Firewall Rules Overview .................................................................................................... 192
13.7.2 Guidelines For Security Enhancement With Your Firewall ............................................ 193
13.7.3 Security Considerations .................................................................................................... 193
Chapter 14
MAC Filter .........................................................................................................................................195
14.1 MAC Filter Overview ................................................................................................................... 195
14.2 MAC Filter .................................................................................................................................... 195
14.2.1 Add New Rule ................................................................................................................... 196
Chapter 15
Parental Control ...............................................................................................................................197
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
11
15.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 197
15.2 The Parental Control Screen ..................................................................................................... 197
15.2.1 Add New Parental Control Rule ...................................................................................... 199
Chapter 16
Certificates .......................................................................................................................................201
16.1 Certificates Overview ................................................................................................................ 201
16.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 201
16.2 Local Certificates ....................................................................................................................... 201
16.2.1 Create Certificate Request ............................................................................................. 202
16.2.2 View Certificate Request ................................................................................................. 203
16.3 Trusted CA ................................................................................................................................... 205
16.4 Import Trusted CA Certificate ................................................................................................... 206
16.5 View Trusted CA Certificate ...................................................................................................... 206
16.6 Certificates Technical Reference ............................................................................................. 207
16.6.1 Verify a Certificate ............................................................................................................ 208
Chapter 17
Voice.................................................................................................................................................210
17.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 210
17.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 210
17.2 Voice Mode ................................................................................................................................ 210
17.3 SIP ................................................................................................................................................. 211
17.3.1 SIP Account ....................................................................................................................... 211
17.3.2 SIP Account Entry Edit ....................................................................................................... 212
17.3.3 SIP Service Provider ........................................................................................................... 215
17.3.4 Provider Entry Edit .............................................................................................................. 215
17.4 Phone ........................................................................................................................................... 219
17.5 Call Rule ....................................................................................................................................... 219
17.6 Call History ................................................................................................................................... 220
17.6.1 Call History Screen ............................................................................................................ 220
17.6.2 Call Summary Screen ....................................................................................................... 221
Chapter 18
Log ....................................................................................................................................................223
18.1 Log Overview .............................................................................................................................. 223
18.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 223
18.1.2 What You Need To Know ................................................................................................. 223
18.2 System Log .................................................................................................................................. 224
18.3 Security Log ................................................................................................................................. 224
Chapter 19
Traffic Status .....................................................................................................................................226
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
12
19.1 Traffic Status Overview ............................................................................................................... 226
19.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter ................................................................................... 226
19.2 WAN Status .................................................................................................................................. 226
19.3 LAN Status .................................................................................................................................... 227
Chapter 20
ARP Table..........................................................................................................................................229
20.1 ARP Table Overview ................................................................................................................... 229
20.1.1 How ARP Works .................................................................................................................. 229
20.2 ARP Table .................................................................................................................................... 230
Chapter 21
Routing Table....................................................................................................................................231
21.1 Routing Table Overview ............................................................................................................ 231
21.2 Routing Table .............................................................................................................................. 231
Chapter 22
WLAN Station Status .........................................................................................................................234
22.1 WLAN Station Status Overview .................................................................................................. 234
Chapter 23
VoIP Status........................................................................................................................................236
23.1 VoIP Status Screen ...................................................................................................................... 236
Chapter 24
Cellular WAN Status ........................................................................................................................239
24.1 Cellular WAN Status Overview .................................................................................................. 239
24.2 Cellular WAN Status .................................................................................................................... 239
Chapter 25
System...............................................................................................................................................244
25.1 System Overview ........................................................................................................................ 244
25.2 System .......................................................................................................................................... 244
Chapter 26
User Account... ... .... .... .................. .... .... .................. .... ... ................... ... .... ................... ... ...................245
26.1 User Account Overview ............................................................................................................. 245
26.2 User Account .............................................................................................................................. 245
26.2.1 User Account Add/Edit .................................................................................................... 246
Chapter 27
Remote Management.....................................................................................................................248
27.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 248
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
13
27.2 MGMT Services ............................................................................................................................ 248
27.3 MGMT Services for IP Passthrough ............................................................................................ 249
27.4 Trust Domain ................................................................................................................................ 250
27.5 Add Trust Domain ....................................................................................................................... 251
27.6 Trust Domain for IP Passthrough ................................................................................................ 251
27.7 Add Trust Domain ....................................................................................................................... 252
Chapter 28
TR-069 Client.................. .... .... .................. .... .... .................. .... ... ................... ... .... ..............................253
28.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 253
28.2 TR-069 Client ................................................................................................................................ 253
Chapter 29
Time Settings.....................................................................................................................................255
29.1 Time Settings Overview .............................................................................................................. 255
29.2 Time .............................................................................................................................................. 255
Chapter 30
E-mail Notification ...........................................................................................................................258
30.1 E-mail Notification Overview ..................................................................................................... 258
30.2 E-mail Notification ...................................................................................................................... 258
30.2.1 E-mail Notification Edit ...................................................................................................... 259
Chapter 31
Log Setting ...... ... .... .... .................. .... .... .................. .... ... ................... ... .... ................... ......................261
31.1 Log Setting Overview ................................................................................................................. 261
31.2 Log Setting ................................................................................................................................... 261
Chapter 32
Firmware Upgrade....................... .... .... .................. .... ... .... .................. .... .... .................. .... ...............264
32.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 264
32.2 Firmware Upgrade ...................................................................................................................... 264
Chapter 33
Backup/Restore ...............................................................................................................................266
33.1 Backup/Restore Overview ........................................................................................................ 266
33.2 Backup/Restore .......................................................................................................................... 266
33.3 Reboot ......................................................................................................................................... 267
Chapter 34
Diagnostic.........................................................................................................................................269
34.1 Diagnostic Overview .................................................................................................................. 269
34.2 Ping/TraceRoute/Nslookup Test ................................................................................................ 269
Table of Contents
LTE Series User’s Guide
14
Chapter 35
Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................271
35.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 271
35.2 Power and Hardware Connections ......................................................................................... 271
35.3 Zyxel Device Access and Login ................................................................................................ 272
35.4 Internet Access ........................................................................................................................... 273
35.5 USB Device Connection ............................................................................................................ 275
35.6 UPnP ............................................................................................................................................. 275
35.7 SIM Card ...................................................................................................................................... 276
35.8 Cellular Signal ............................................................................................................................. 276
Part III: Appendices......................................................................................278
Appendix A Customer Support ..................................................................................................... 279
Appendix B IPv6............................................................................................................................... 285
Appendix C Legal Information ...................................................................................................... 292
Index .................................................................................................................................................300
15
PART I
User’s Guide
LTE Series User’s Guide
16
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
1.1 Overview
Zyxel Device refers to these models as outlined below.
The following table describes the feature differences of the Zyxel Device by model.
• LTE3301-PLUS • LTE7480-M804 • LTE5388-M804
• LTE7240-M403 • LTE7480-S905 • LTE5398-M904
• LTE7461-M602 • LTE7490-M904 • LTE3316-M604
Table 1 Zyxel Device Comparison Table
LTE3301-PLUS LTE7240-M403 LTE7461-M602 LTE7480-M804
2.4G WLAN V V V V
5G WLANV---
LTE Speed 300/50 Mbps 150/50 Mbps
(FDD-LTE) 400/150 Mbps
(FDD-LTE) 600/100 Mbps
Note: These are the theoretical downlink/uplink rates. LTE speed is affected by
strength of signal, network congestion, LTE band(s) or frequency(-ies) to
which your Zyxel Device is connected, and so forth.
Gigabit Ethernet
Port
VVVV
Ethernet WAN Convert the fourth
LAN port to work as a
WAN port.
---
IP Passthrough Available when the
fourth LAN port
doesn’t act as an
Ethernet WAN port.
VVV
USB for File
Sharing
VVV -
External
Antennas
V---
PoE Injector - V V -
Wall Mount - V V V
Pole Mount - - V V
Firmware
Version
1.00 2.00 2.00 1.00
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
17
The Zyxel Device is an LTE (Long Term Evolution) router that supports (but not limited to) the following:
• WAN Backup (LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604)
• Gigabit Ethernet connection
• DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server
• NAT (Network Address Translation)
• DMZ (Demilitarized Zone)
• Port Forwarding/Triggering
• ALG (Application Layer Gateway)
• Embedded Bridge/Router mode
• Dynamic DNS (Domain Name System) for the first APN (Access Point Name)
• Static/Dynamic Route setting for RIP (Routing Information Protocol)
• Remote Management under Bridge mode
• Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
• Firewall that uses Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI) technology
• Protects against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks
• Filter of LAN MAC address, LAN IP address and URLs
• Local and remote device management
Table 2 Zyxel Device Comparison Table
LTE7480-S905 LTE7490-M904 LTE5388-M804 LTE5398-M904 LTE3316-M604
2.4G WLANVVVVV
5G WLAN - - V V V
LTE Speed 573/15.1 Mbps
(TDD-LTE config.
#2)
1200/150 Mbps 600/100 Mbps 1200/150 Mbps 300/50 Mbps
Note: These are the theoretical downlink/uplink rates. LTE speed is affected by
strength of signal, network congestion, LTE band(s) or frequency(-ies) to
which your Zyxel Device is connected, and so forth.
Gigabit Ethernet
Port
VVVVV
Ethernet WAN - - Convert the first
LAN port to work
as a WAN port.
Convert the first
LAN port to work
as a WAN port.
Convert the first
LAN port to work
as a WAN port.
IP Passthrough V V Available when
the first LAN port
doesn’t act as
an Ethernet
WAN port.
Available when
the first LAN port
doesn’t act as
an Ethernet
WAN port.
Available when
the first LAN port
doesn’t act as
an Ethernet
WAN port.
USB for File
Sharing
V-VV-
External
Antennas
-----
PoE InjectorV----
Wall Mount V V - - V
Pole MountVV---
Firmware
Version
2.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.00
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
18
• Firmware upgrade via TR-069 and Web Configurator
The embedded Web-based Configurator enables straightforward management and maintenance. Just
insert the SIM card (with an active data plan) and make the hardware connections. See the Quick Start
Guide for how to do the hardware installation, wall/pole mounting, and Internet setup.
1.2 Application for the Zyxel Device
Wireless WAN
The Zyxel Device can connect to the Internet through a 2G/3G/4G LTE SIM card to access a wireless
WAN connection. Just insert a SIM card into the SIM card slot at the bottom of the Zyxel Device.
Note: You must insert the SIM card into the card slot before turning on the Zyxel Device.
You can install two external antennas to improve your wireless WAN signal strength. See Table 1 on page
16 for the feature differences.
Wireless LAN (WiFi)
Wireless clients can connect to the LTE Device to access network resources and the Internet. Your LTE
Device supports WiFi Protected Setup (WPS), which allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with
strong security.
Internet Access
Your Zyxel Device provides shared Internet access by connecting to an LTE network. A computer can
connect to the Zyxel Device’s PoE injector or a LAN port for configuration via the Web Configurator. See
Table 1 on page 16 for the feature differences.
LTE
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
19
Figure 1 Zyxel Device’s Internet Access Application
Carrier Aggregation (LTE7480-M804 / LTE7490-M904/ LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-
M904 / LTE3316-M604)
Carrier Aggregation (CA) is a technology to deliver high downlink data rates by combining more than
one carrier in the same or different bands together.
Figure 2 Zyxel Device’s CA Application
Ethernet WAN (LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604)
If you have another broadband modem or router available, you can use the Ethernet WAN port and
then connect it to the broadband modem or router. This way, you can access the Internet via an
Ethernet connection and still use the Firewall function on the Zyxel Device.
Note: For LTE3301-PLUS, convert LAN port number four as a WAN port first. See Section 6.4 on
page 90 for more information about the Network Setting > Broadband > Ethernet WAN
screen.
Note: For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604, convert LAN port number one as a
WAN port first. See Section 6.4 on page 90 for more information about the Network
Setting > Broadband > Ethernet WAN screen.
LTE (4G)/3G/2G
WiFi
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
20
Figure 3 Zyxel Device’s Internet Access Application: Ethernet WAN
1.2.1 WAN Priority (LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-
M604)
The WAN connection priority is as follows:
1Ethernet WAN
2Cellular WAN (3G/4G)
1.3 Manage the Zyxel Device
Use the Web Configurator for management of the Zyxel Device using a (supported) web browser.
1.4 Good Habits for Managing the Zyxel Device
Do the following things regularly to make the Zyxel Device more secure and to manage the Zyxel
Device more effectively.
• Change the password. Use a password that’s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of
characters, such as numbers and letters.
• Write down the password and put it in a safe place.
• Back up the configuration (and make sure you know how to restore it). Refer to Section 33.2 on page
266. Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the Zyxel Device becomes unstable or
even crashes. If you forget your password to access the Web Configurator, you will have to reset the
Zyxel Device to its factory default settings. If you backed up an earlier configuration file, you would
not have to totally re-configure the Zyxel Device. You could simply restore your last configuration.
Write down any information your ISP provides you.
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
21
1.5 Front and Bottom Panels
The LED indicators are located on the front (LTE7240-M403 / LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904
/ LTE3316-M604)/ the bottom panel (LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904)/ the
rear panels (LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604).
Front & Top Panels
Figure 4 Front Panel (LTE3301-PLUS)
Figure 5 Front Panel (LTE7240-M403)
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
22
Figure 6 Front Panel (LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904)
Figure 7 Top Panel (LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904)
Figure 8 Front Panel (LTE3316-M604)
Figure 9 Top Panel (LTE3316-M604)
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
23
Bottom / Rear /Side Panels
Figure 10 Rear Panel (LTE3301-PLUS)
Figure 11 Bottom Panel (LTE7240-M403)
Figure 12 Bottom Panel (LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904)
Figure 13 Rear Panel (LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904)
LED
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
24
Figure 14 Bottom Panel (LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904)
Figure 15 Rear Panel (LTE3316-M604)
Figure 16 Side Panel (LTE3316-M604)
1.5.1 LEDs (Lights)
None of the LEDs are on if the Zyxel Device is not receiving power.
Table 3 LTE3301-PLUS LED Descriptions
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
POWER White On The Zyxel Device is receiving power and ready for use.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is booting or self-testing.
Off The Zyxel Device is not receiving power.
Internet White On There is Internet connection.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is sending or receiving IP traffic.
Off There is no Internet connection.
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
25
Note: Blinking (slow) means the LED blinks once per second. Blinking (fast) means the LED
blinks once per 0.5 second.
LTE/3G White On The Zyxel Device is registered and successfully connected to a 4G network.
Blinking
(slow)
The Zyxel Device is connected to a 3G network.
Blinking
(fast)
The Zyxel Device is trying to connect to a 3G/4G network.
Off There is no service.
Green On The Zyxel Device has an Ethernet connection on the WAN.
Off There is no Ethernet connection on the WAN.
Signal
Strength
Green On The signal strength is excellent.
Amber On The signal strength is fair.
Red On The signal strength is poor.
Blinking There is no SIM card inserted, no signal, or the signal strength is below the
poor level.
Off The SIM card is invalid, or the PIN code is not correct.
WLAN Green On The 2.4 GHz wireless network is activated.
Blinking
(slow)
The Zyxel Device is setting up a WPS connection with a 2.4 GHz wireless
client.
Blinking
(fast)
The Zyxel Device is communicating with 2.4 GHz wireless clients.
White On The 5 GHz wireless network is activated.
Blinking
(slow)
The Zyxel Device is setting up a WPS connection with a 5 GHz wireless client.
Blinking
(fast)
The Zyxel Device is communicating with 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless clients.
Off The wireless network is not activated.
USB White On The Zyxel Device recognizes a USB connection through the USB port.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data to/from the USB device
connected to it.
Off The Zyxel Device does not detect a USB connection through the USB port.
Table 4 LTE7240-M403 LED Descriptions
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
POWER Green On The Zyxel Device is receiving power and ready for use.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is booting or self-testing.
Off The Zyxel Device is not receiving power.
ETHERNET Green On The Zyxel Device has a successful 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet connection
with a device on the Local Area Network (LAN).
Off The Zyxel Device does not have an Ethernet connection with the LAN.
Table 3 LTE3301-PLUS LED Descriptions (continued)
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
26
Note: Blinking (slow) means the LED blinks once per second. Blinking (fast) means the LED
blinks once per 0.2 second.
LTE/3G/2G Green On The Zyxel Device is registered and successfully connected to a 4G network.
Blinking
(slow)
The Zyxel Device is connected to a 3G/2G network.
Blinking
(fast)
The Zyxel Device is trying to connect to a 4G/3G/2G network.
Off There is no service.
WLAN Green On The wireless network is activated.
Off The wireless network is not activated.
Signal
Strength
Green On The signal strength is excellent.
Orange On The signal strength is fair.
Red On The signal strength is poor.
Blinking There is no SIM card inserted, the SIM card is invalid, the PIN code is not
correct.
Off There is no signal or the signal strength is below the poor level.
Table 5 LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904 LED Descriptions
COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
Red Blinking The Zyxel Device is booting or self-testing.
On The Zyxel Device encountered an error.
Green Blinking The Zyxel Device is trying to connect to the Internet.
On The Zyxel Device is connected to the Internet.
Amber Blinking The Zyxel Device WiFi is on.
Table 6 LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 LED Descriptions
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
Power/System or USB Green On The Zyxel Device is receiving power and ready for use.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is booting.
Off The Zyxel Device is not receiving power.
Blue On The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data to/from the USB
device connected to it.
Off The Zyxel Device does not detect a USB connection through
the USB port.
Internet/SMS Green On There is Internet connection.
Blinking There is a new SMS message.
Off There is no Internet connection.
LTE/3G Signal Strength Green On The signal strength is excellent.
Orange On The signal strength is fair.
Red On The signal strength is poor.
Blinking There is no LTE/3G signal or the signal strength is below the poor
level.
Table 4 LTE7240-M403 LED Descriptions (continued)
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
27
WiFi/WPS Green On The WiFi AP is activated.
Blinking
(fast)
Data is being transmitted and received.
Blinking
(slow)
The WPS is activated.
Voice Green On A telephone connected to the PHONE port has its receiver off
the hook.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is receiving an incoming call.
Off A telephone connected to the PHONE port has its receiver on
the hook.
LAN Green On The Zyxel Device recognizes an Ethernet cable through the
LAN port.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data through the LAN.
Off The wireless network is not activated.
Table 7 LTE3316-M604 LED Descriptions
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
Power White On The Zyxel Device is receiving power and functioning
properly.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is in the process of starting up or default
restoring.
Off The Zyxel Device is not receiving power.
Internet White On The Zyxel Device’s WAN connection is ready, but there is no
traffic.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is transmitting and receiving data through
the WAN.
Off The WAN connection is not ready, or has failed.
LTE/3G Signal Strength White On The Zyxel Device is successfully connected to a 4G network.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is successfully connected to a 3G network.
Green On The Zyxel Device is successfully connected to an Ethernet
WAN network.
Signal Strength Green On The signal strength is good.
Orange On The signal strength is fair.
Red On The signal strength is poor.
Blinking A valid SIM card is inserted, but no signal is detected.
WLAN/WPS White On This indicates either 5G and 2.4G wireless LAN are both on or
the 5G wireless LAN is on.
Blinking This indicates either 5G and 2.4G WPS are both on or the 5G
WPS is on.
Green On The 2.4G wireless LAN is on, but the Zyxel Device is not
sending/receiving data through the wireless LAN.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is ready and the 2.4G WPS is on.
Table 6 LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 LED Descriptions (continued)
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
28
1.5.2 Panel Ports & Buttons
The connection ports are located on the bottom/rear panels.
The following table describes the items on the bottom panel.
Voice White On A telephone connected to the PHONE port has its receiver
on the hook.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is receiving an incoming call.
Off A telephone connected to the PHONE port has its receiver
off the hook.
LAN Green On A 10/100 Mbps LAN connection is ready.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data at 10/100 Mbps
through a LAN port.
Off The wireless network is not activated.
Orange On A 1000 Mbps LAN connection is ready.
Blinking The Zyxel Device is sending/receiving data at 1000 Mbps
through a LAN port.
Off The wireless network is not activated.
Table 7 LTE3316-M604 LED Descriptions (continued)
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
Table 8 Panel Ports and Buttons
LABELS DESCRIPTION
ANT1-ANT2 Install the external antennas to strengthen the cellular signal.
USB The USB port of the Zyxel Device is used for file sharing.
LAN/Ethernet Connect a computer via the PoE injector for configuration.
Connect the PoE injector to a power outlet to start the device.
LAN/WAN For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604, connect an RJ45 cable to a modem to
connect to the Internet when using a LAN port as a WAN port.
LAN For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604, connect an RJ45 cable to a computer to
connect to the internal network In using a LAN port.
WiFi Press the WLAN (WiFi) button for more than five seconds to enable the wireless function. To set
up a WiFi connection between the Zyxel Device and a wireless client, press the WPS button for
longer than five seconds for LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904, and press the WPS button for two
seconds for LTE3316-M604.
WPS After the wireless function is enabled, press the WLAN button for more than one second but
less than five seconds to quickly set up a secure wireless connection between the Zyxel
Device and a WPS-compatible client. To enable WPS, press the WPS button for less than five
seconds for LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904, and press the WPS button for more than five
seconds for LTE3316-M604.
RESET Press the button for more than five seconds to return the Zyxel Device to the factory defaults.
POWER Button Press the POWER button after the power adapter is connected to start the Zyxel Device.
POWER /DC IN Connect the power adapter and press the POWER button to start the Zyxel Device.
Reboot Press the RESET button for more than 2 seconds but less than 5 seconds, it will cause the system
to reboot.
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
29
1.5.3 Turning On/Off WiFi
Use the WPS or WiFi/WPS button on the Zyxel Device to turn on or turn off the wireless network.
Note: Use the WiFi function of the LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904
for configuration (for example, connect to the LTE Ally app of your mobile device to
find the optimal LTE signal strength and manage your LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 /
LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904).
Figure 17 LTE3301-PLUS WiFI/WPS Button
Figure 18 LTE7240-M403 WiFi Button
Figure 19 LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904 WiFi Button
SIM card Insert a micro-SIM card into the slot with the chip facing down and the beveled corner in the
top left corner.
PHONE For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604, the phone port is used for VoIP and VoLTE.
INT/EXT For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904, the internal/external switch is used for selecting between
the internal or external LTE antenna.
Table 8 Panel Ports and Buttons (continued)
LABELS DESCRIPTION
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
30
Figure 20 LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 WPS button
Figure 21 LTE3316-M604 WPS button
To turn on WiFi:
•Make sure the POWER LED is on and not blinking. Press the WiFi or WiFi/WPS button for more than 5
seconds and release it.
For LTE3301-PLUS:
Once WiFi is turned on, the WLAN LED turns green/white.
For LTE7240-M403:
Once WiFi is turned on, the WLAN LED shines green.
For LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904:
Once WiFi is turned on, the LED blinks amber.
For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904:
Once WiFi is turned on, the LED turns green.
•Make sure the POWER LED is on and not blinking. Press the WiFi or WiFi/WPS button for 2 seconds.
For LTE3316-M604:
Once WiFi is turned on, the WLAN LED turns green/white.
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
31
To activate WPS (WiFi must be already on):
You can also quickly set up a secure wireless connection between the Zyxel Device and a WPS-
compatible client by adding one device at a time.
• Press the WiFi or WiFi/WPS button for more than 1 second but less than 5 seconds and release it
(pressing more than 5 seconds will turn off WiFi). Press the WPS button on another WPS-enabled
device within range of the Zyxel Device.
For LTE3301-PLUS:
Once a wireless connection is ready, the WLAN LED turns green/white.
For LTE7240-M403:
Once a wireless connection is ready, the WLAN LED shines green.
For LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904:
Once a wireless connection is ready, the LED blinks amber.
For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904:
Once a wireless connection is ready, the WPS LED blinks green.
• Press the WiFi or WiFi/WPS button for more than 5 second of the Zyxel Device and release it. Press the
WPS button on another WPS-enabled device within range of the Zyxel Device.
For LTE3316-M604:
Once a wireless connection is ready, the WPS LED blinks green/white.
To turn off the wireless network:
• Press the WiFi or WiFi/WPS button for more than 5 seconds.
For LTE3301-PLUS:
The WLAN LED turns off when the wireless network is off.
For LTE7240-M403:
The WLAN LED turns off when the wireless network is off.
For LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904:
The amber LED turns off when the wireless network is off.
For LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604:
The WLAN LED turns off when the wireless network is off.
• Press the WiFi or WiFi/WPS button for 2 seconds.
For LTE3316-M604:
The WLAN LED turns off when the wireless network is off.
1.5.4 The RESET Button
If you forget your password or cannot access the Web Configurator, you will need to use the RESET
button of the Zyxel Device as shown in the following figure to reload the factory-default configuration
file. This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously saved. The password will be
reset to the default (see the Zyxel Device label) and the IP address will be reset to 192.168.1.1.
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
32
Figure 22 Reset Button (LTE3301-PLUS)
Figure 23 Reset Button (LTE7240-M403)
Figure 24 Reset Button (LTE7461-M602 / LTE7480-M804 / LTE7480-S905 / LTE7490-M904)
Figure 25 Reset Button (LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904)
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
33
Figure 26 Reset Button (LTE3316-M604)
1Make sure the Zyxel Device is connected to power and POWER LED is on.
2To set the Zyxel Device back to the factory default settings, press the RESET button for 5 seconds.
Note: If you press the RESET button for more than 2 seconds but less than 5 seconds, it will
cause the system to reboot.
1.6 Wall Mounting
Please refer to the installation guide below for the wall mounting procedures of the LTE3316-M604. You
may need screw anchors if mounting on a concrete or brick wall.
Do the following to attach your Zyxel Device to a wall.
1Select a position free of obstructions on a wall strong enough to hold the weight of the device.
2Mark two holes on the wall at the appropriate distance apart for the screws.
Be careful to avoid damaging pipes or cables located inside the wall
when drilling holes for the screws.
Do not wall mount the Zyxel Device over a height of 2 m.
3If using screw anchors, drill two holes for the screw anchors into the wall. Push the anchors into the full
depth of the holes, then insert the screws into the anchors. Do not insert the screws all the way in - leave
a small gap of about 0.5 cm.
If not using screw anchors, use a screwdriver to insert the screws into the wall. Do not insert the screws all
the way in - leave a gap of about 0.5 cm.
4Make sure the screws are fastened well enough to hold the weight of the Zyxel Device with the
connection cables.
Table 9 Wall Mounting Information
Distance between holes 100 mm
M4 Screws Two
Screw anchors (optional) Two
Chapter 1 Introduction
LTE Series User’s Guide
34
5Align the holes on the back of the Zyxel Device with the screws on the wall. Hang the Zyxel Device on
the screws.
Figure 27 Wall Mounting Example
Figure 28 Wall Mounting Screw Specifications
LTE Series User’s Guide
35
CHAPTER 2
The Web Configurator
2.1 Overview
The Web Configurator is an HTML-based management interface that allows easy system setup and
management via Internet browser. Use a browser that supports HTML5, such as Internet Explorer 11,
Mozilla Firefox, or Google Chrome. The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels.
In order to use the Web Configurator you need to allow:
• Web browser pop-up windows from your Zyxel Device.
• JavaScript (enabled by default).
• Java permissions (enabled by default).
2.1.1 Access the Web Configurator
1Make sure your Zyxel Device hardware is properly connected (refer to the Quick Start Guide).
2Launch your web browser. If the Zyxel Device does not automatically re-direct you to the login screen,
go to http://192.168.1.1.
3A password screen displays. Select the language you prefer (upper right).
4To access the Web Configurator and manage the Zyxel Device, type the default username admin and
the randomly assigned default password (see the Zyxel Device label) in the Login screen and click Login.
If you have changed the password, enter your password and click Login.
Figure 29 Password Screen
Note: The first time you enter the password, you will be asked to change it. Make sure the new
password must contain at least one uppercase letter, one lowercase letter and one
number.
5The Connection Status screen appears. Use this screen to configure basic Internet access and wireless
settings.
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
36
Figure 30 Connection Status
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
37
2.2 Web Configurator Layout
Figure 31 Screen Layout
As illustrated above, the main screen is divided into these parts:
•A - Settings Icon (Navigation Panel & Side Bar)
•B - Widget Icon
•C - Main Window
2.2.1 Settings Icon
Click this icon ( ) to see the side bar and navigation panel.
2.2.1.1 Side Bar
The side bar provides some icons on the right hand side.
C
A
B
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
38
Figure 32 Side Bar
The icons provide the following functions.
Table 10 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar
ICON DESCRIPTION
Wizard: Click this icon to open screens where you can configure the Zyxel Device’s time zone
and wireless settings. See Chapter 3 on page 44 for more information about the Wizard screens.
Theme: Click this icon to select a color that you prefer and apply it to the Web Configurator.
Language: Select the language you prefer.
Restart: Click this icon to reboot the Zyxel Device without turning the power off.
Logout: Click this icon to log out of the Web Configurator.
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
39
2.2.1.2 Navigation Panel
Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure Zyxel Device features. The
following tables describe each menu item.
Table 11 Navigation Panel Summary
LINK TAB FUNCTION
Home Use this screen to configure basic Internet access and wireless settings.
This screen also shows the network status of the Zyxel Device and
computers/devices connected to it.
Network Setting
Broadband Broadband Use this screen to view and configure ISP parameters, WAN IP address
assignment, and other advanced properties.
WAN Backup Use this screen to configure your Zyxel Device’s Internet settings if the
cellular connection is down.
Ethernet WAN Use this screen to convert the LAN port as WAN port, or restore the WAN
port to LAN port.
Cellular WAN Use this screen to configure an LTE WAN connection that includes the
Access Point Name (APN) provided by your service provider.
Cellular SIM Use this screen to enter a PIN for your SIM card to prevent others from
using it.
Cellular Band Use this screen to configure the LTE frequency bands that can be used
for Internet access as provided by your service provider.
Cellular PLMN Use this screen to view available PLMNs and select your preferred
network.
Cellular IP
Passthrough
Use this screen to enable IP Passthrough mode (bridge mode).
Note: This screen is not available when the fourth LAN port acts
as an Ethernet WAN port. See Table 1 on page 16 for the
feature differences of the Zyxel Devices.
Wireless General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN
authentication/security settings.
Guest/More AP Use this screen to configure multiple BSSs on the Zyxel Device.
MAC
Authentication
Use this screen to block or allow wireless traffic from wireless devices of
certain SSIDs and MAC addresses to the Zyxel Device.
WPS Use this screen to configure and view your WPS (WiFi Protected Setup)
settings.
WMM Use this screen to enable or disable WiFi MultiMedia (WMM).
Others Use this screen to configure advanced wireless settings.
WLAN Scheduler Use this screen to create rules to schedule the times to permit Internet
traffic from each wireless network interfaces.
Channel Status Use this screen to scan wireless LAN channel noises and view the results.
Home
Networking LAN Setup Use this screen to configure LAN TCP/IP settings, and other advanced
properties.
Static DHCP Use this screen to assign specific IP addresses to individual MAC
addresses.
UPnP Use this screen to turn UPnP and UPnP NAT-T on or off.
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
40
Routing Static Route Use this screen to view and set up static routes on the Zyxel Device.
DNS Route Use this screen to forward DNS queries for certain domain names through
a specific WAN interface to its DNS server(s).
Policy Route Use this screen to configure policy routing on the Zyxel Device.
RIP Use this screen to configure Routing Information Protocol to exchange
routing information with other routers.
NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to make your local servers visible to the outside world.
Port Triggering Use this screen to change your Zyxel Device’s port triggering settings.
DMZ Use this screen to configure a default server which receives packets from
ports that are not specified in the Port Forwarding screen.
ALG Use this screen to enable or disable SIP ALG.
Address Mapping Use this screen to change your Zyxel Device's IP address mapping
settings.
Sessions Use this screen to limit the number of NAT sessions each client can use.
DNS DNS Entry Use this screen to view and configure DNS routes.
Dynamic DNS Use this screen to allow a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address.
USB USB Service Use this screen to enable file sharing via the Zyxel Device.
Security
Firewall General Use this screen to configure the security level of your firewall.
Protocol Use this screen to add Internet services and configure firewall rules.
Access Control Use this screen to enable specific traffic directions for network services.
DoS Use this screen to activate protection against Denial of Service (DoS)
attacks.
MAC Filter MAC Filter Use this screen to block or allow traffic from devices of certain MAC
addresses to the Zyxel Device.
Parental
Control Parental Control Use this screen to define time periods and days during which the Zyxel
Device performs parental control and/or block web sites with the
specific URL.
Certificates Local Certificates Use this screen to view a summary list of certificates and manage
certificates and certification requests.
Trusted CA Use this screen to view and manage the list of the trusted CAs.
Voice Voice Mode Use this screen to enable the Voice Mode on the Zyxel Device.
SIP Use this screen to set up information about your SIP account.
Phone Use this screen to change settings that depend on the country you are
in.
Call Rule Use this screen to add, edit, or remove speed-dial numbers for outgoing
calls.
Call History Use this screen to view a call history list.
System Monitor
Table 11 Navigation Panel Summary (continued)
LINK TAB FUNCTION
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
41
Log System Log Use this screen to view the status of events that occurred to the Zyxel
Device. You can export or email the logs.
Security Log Use this screen to view all security related events. You can select the
level and category of the security events in their proper drop-down list
window.
Levels include:
•Emergency
•Alert
• Critical
• Error
• Warning
•Notice
• Informational
•Debugging
Categories include:
• Account
• Attack
•Firewall
• MAC Filter
Traffic Status WAN Use this screen to view the status of all network traffic going through the
WAN port of the Zyxel Device.
LAN Use this screen to view the status of all network traffic going through the
LAN ports of the Zyxel Device.
VoIP Status VoIP Status Use this screen to view VoIP registration, current call status and phone
numbers.
ARP table ARP table Use this screen to view the ARP table. It displays the IP and MAC address
of each DHCP connection.
Routing Table Routing Table Use this screen to view the routing table on the Zyxel Device.
WAN Station
Status WAN Station
Status
Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated
to the Zyxel Device’s wireless LAN.
Cellular WAN
Status Cellular Statistics Use this screen to look at the cellular Internet connection status.
Maintenance
System System Use this screen to set the Zyxel Device name and Domain name.
User Account User Account Use this screen to change the user password on the Zyxel Device.
Remote
Management MGMT Services Use this screen to enable specific traffic directions for network services.
MGMT Services
for IP Passthrough
Use this screen to enable various approaches to access this Zyxel Device
remotely from a WAN and/or LAN connection.
Trust Domain Use this screen to view a list of public IP addresses which are allowed to
access the Zyxel Device through the services configured in the
Maintenance > Remote Management screen.
Trust Domain for
IP Passthrough
Use this screen to enable public IP addresses to access this Zyxel Device
remotely from a WAN and/or LAN connection.
TR-069 Client TR-069 Client Use this screen to configure your Zyxel Device to be managed remotely
by an Auto Configuration Server (ACS) using TR-069.
Time Time Use this screen to change your Zyxel Device’s time and date.
Email
Notification Email Notification Use this screen to configure up to two mail servers and sender addresses
on the Zyxel Device.
Table 11 Navigation Panel Summary (continued)
LINK TAB FUNCTION
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
42
2.2.1.3 Dashboard
Use the menu items in the navigation panel on the right to open screens to configure the Zyxel Device’s
features.
Figure 33 Navigation Panel
2.2.2 Widget Icon
Click this icon ( ) in the lower left corner to arrange the screen order.
Log Setting Log Setting Use this screen to change your Zyxel Device’s log settings.
Firmware
Upgrade Firmware
Upgrade
Use this screen to upload firmware to your Zyxel Device.
Backup/Restore Backup/Restore Use this screen to backup and restore your Zyxel Device’s configuration
(settings) or reset the factory default settings.
Reboot Reboot Use this screen to reboot the Zyxel Device without turning the power off.
Diagnostic Ping&Traceroute
&Nslookup
Use this screen to identify problems with the DSL connection. You can
use Ping, TraceRoute, or Nslookup to help you identify problems.
Table 11 Navigation Panel Summary (continued)
LINK TAB FUNCTION
Chapter 2 The Web Configurator
LTE Series User’s Guide
43
Figure 34 Widget Icon
Select a block and hold it to move around. Click the Check icon ( ) in the lower left corner to save
the changes.
Figure 35 The Screen Oder
LTE Series User’s Guide
44
CHAPTER 3
Quick Start
3.1 Overview
Use the Wizard screens to configure the Zyxel Device’s time zone and wireless settings.
Note: See the technical reference chapters (starting on Chapter 5 on page 71) for
background information on the features in this chapter.
3.2 Quick Start Setup
You can click the Wizard icon in the side bar to open the Wizard screens. See Section 2.2.1.1 on page 37
for more information about the side bar. After you click the Wizard icon, the following screen appears.
Click Let’s Go to proceed with settings on time zone and wireless networks. It will take you a few minutes
to complete the settings on the Wizard screens. You can click Skip to leave the Wizard screens.
Figure 36 Wizard - Home
3.3 Time Zone
Select the time zone of your location. Click Next.
Chapter 3 Quick Start
LTE Series User’s Guide
45
Figure 37 Wizard - Time Zone
3.4 The Internet Connection Setup
Select the Internet connection mode of the Zyxel Device. Click Next to continue.
Figure 38 Wizard - Internet
3.4.1 Successful Internet Connection
The Zyxel Device has Internet access.
Figure 39 Wizard - Successful Internet Connection
Chapter 3 Quick Start
LTE Series User’s Guide
46
3.4.2 Unsuccessful Internet Connection
The Zyxel Device didn’t detect a WAN connection.
Figure 40 Wizard - Internet Connection is down
3.5 Quick Start Setup-Wireless
Turn WiFi on or off. If you keep it on, record the WiFi Name and Password in this screen so you can
configure your wireless clients to connect to the Zyxel Device. If you want to show or hide your WiFi
password, click the Eye icon ( ).
Figure 41 Wizard - Wireless
Note: You can also enable the wireless service using any of the following methods:
Click Network Setting > Wireless to open the General screen. Then select Enable in the
Wireless field. Or, Press the WiFi button located under the RESET button (see Section
1.5.4 on page 31 for the location and for how long the wireless function is turned on) for
one second.
Chapter 3 Quick Start
LTE Series User’s Guide
47
3.6 Quick Start Setup-Finish
Your Zyxel Device saves your settings and attempts to connect to the Internet.
LTE Series User’s Guide
48
CHAPTER 4
Tutorials
4.1 Overview
This chapter provides tutorials for setting up your Zyxel Device.
•Set Up a Wireless Network Using WPS
•Connect to the Zyxel Device’s WiFi Network
•Use Multiple SSIDs on the Zyxel Device
•Make a VoIP/VoLTE Phone Call
•Configure a Firewall Rule
•Configure MAC Filter
•Upgrade Firmware on the Zyxel Device
•Back up a Configuration File
•Restore Configuration
•Connect to the Internet
•Configure DHCP
•Configure Static Route for Routing to Another Network
•Access the Zyxel Device Using DDNS
4.2 Set Up a Wireless Network Using WPS
This section gives you an example of how to set up wireless network using WPS. This example uses the
Zyxel Device as the AP and a WPS-enabled Android smartphone as the wireless client.
There are two WPS methods for creating a secure connection via the web configurator or utility. This
tutorial shows you how to do both.
•Push Button Configuration (PBC) - create a secure wireless network simply by pressing a button. See
Section 4.2.1 on page 49. This is the easier method.
•PIN Configuration - create a secure wireless network simply by entering a wireless client's PIN (Personal
Identification Number) in the Zyxel Device’s interface. See Section 4.2.2 on page 50. This is the more
secure method, since one device can authenticate the other.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
49
4.2.1 Push Button Configuration (PBC)
1Make sure that your Zyxel Device is turned on. Make sure the wireless LAN is turned on by pressing the
WiFi/WPS button for two seconds, and that the device is placed within range of your notebook (for
LTE3316-M604). For more information about WiFi/WPS settings, see Section 1.5.3 on page 29.
2WPS is enabled by default on the Zyxel Device. If not, log into the Zyxel Device’s Web Configurator and
press the Push Button in the Configuration > Network Setting > Wireless > WPS screen. You can either
press the WPS button on the Zyxel Device’s top/side panel or press WPS in the screen.
3Go to your phone settings and turn on WiFi. Open the WiFi networks list and tap WPS Push Button or the
WPS icon ( ).
Note: It doesn’t matter which button is pressed first. You must press the second button within
two minutes of pressing the first one.
The Zyxel Device sends the proper configuration settings to the wireless client. This may take up to two
minutes. Then the wireless client is able to communicate with the Zyxel Device securely.
The following figure shows you an example to set up wireless network and security by pressing a button
on both Zyxel Device and wireless client (the Android smartphone in this example).
Figure 42 Example WPS Process: PBC Method
Wireless Client
SECURITY INFO
COMMUNICATION
WITHIN 2 MINUTES
LTE
LTE
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
50
4.2.2 PIN Co nfiguration
When you use the PIN configuration method, you need to check the client’s PIN number and use the
Zyxel Device’s configuration interface.
1Go to your phone settings and turn on WiFi. Open the WiFi networks list and tap WPS PIN Entry to get a
PIN number.
2Enter the client’s PIN number in the PIN field in the Configuration > Network Setting > Broardband >
Cellular SIM screen on the Zyxel Device.
3Click Start button (or the button next to the PIN field) on the Zyxel Device’s Cellular SIM screen within two
minutes.
The Zyxel Device authenticates the wireless client and sends the proper configuration settings to the
wireless client. This may take up to two minutes. Then the wireless client is able to communicate with the
Zyxel Device securely.
The following figure shows you the example to set up wireless network and security on Zyxel Device and
wireless client (ex. the Android smartphone in this example) by using PIN Method.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
51
Figure 43 Example WPS Process: PIN Method
4.3 Connect to the Zyxel Device’s WiFi Network
In this example, you’ve configured the Zyxel Device’s WiFi Network to the following settings.
Wireless Client
LTE
Enter WPS PIN
WPS
from other device:
Authentication by PIN
SECURITY INFO
COMMUNICATION
WITHIN 2 MINUTES
WPS
START
LTE
LTE
LTE
LTE
SSID SSID_Example
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
52
Note: In this example, we use a Windows 7 laptop that has a built-in wireless adapter as the
wireless client.
1The Zyxel Device supports IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, and IEEE 802.11n wireless clients. Make sure that
your notebook or computer’s wireless adapter supports one of these standards.
2Click the WiFi icon in your computer’s system tray.
3The Wireless Network Connection screen displays. Click the refresh button to update the list of the
available wireless APs within range.
4Select SSID_Example and click Connect.
Channel 6
Security WPA2-PSK
(Pre-Shared Key: ThisismyWPA-PSKpre-sharedkey)
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
53
5The following screen displays if WPS is enabled on the Zyxel Device but you didn’t press the WPS button.
Click Connect using a security key instead.
6Type the security key in the following screen. Click OK.
7Check the status of your wireless connection in the screen below.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
54
8If the wireless client keeps trying to connect to or acquiring an IP address from the Zyxel Device, make
sure you entered the correct security key.
If the connection has limited or no connectivity, make sure the DHCP server is enabled on the Zyxel
Device.
If your connection is successful, open your Internet browser and enter http://www.zyxel.com or the URL
of any other website in the address bar. If you are able to access the web site, your wireless connection
is successfully configured.
4.4 Use Multiple SSIDs on the Zyxel Device
You can configure more than one SSID on a Zyxel Device. See Section 7.3 on page 104.
This allows you to configure multiple independent wireless networks on the Zyxel Device as if there were
multiple APs (virtual APs). Each virtual AP has its own SSID, and wireless security type. That is, each SSID on
the Zyxel Device represents a different access point/wireless network to wireless clients in the network.
Clients can associate only with the SSIDs for which they have the correct security settings. Clients using
different SSIDs can access the Internet and the wired network behind the Zyxel Device (such as a
printer).
For example, you may set up three wireless networks (A, B and C) in your office. A is for workers, B is for
guests and C is specific to a VoIP device in the meeting room.
4.4.1 Configure Security Settings of Multiple SSIDs
The Zyxel Device is in router mode by default.
LTE
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
55
This example shows you how to configure the SSIDs with the following parameters on your Zyxel Device.
1Connect your computer to the LAN port of the Zyxel Device using an Ethernet cable.
2The default IP address of the Zyxel Device is “192.168.1.1”. In this case, your computer must have an IP
address in the range between “192.168.1.2” and “192.168.1.254”.
3Click Start > Run on your computer in Windows. Type “cmd” in the dialog box. Enter “ipconfig” to show
your computer’s IP address. If your computer’s IP address is not in the correct range then see Section 7.3
on page 104 for information on changing your computer’s IP address.
4After you’ve set your computer’s IP address, open a web browser such as Internet Explorer and type
“http://192.168.1.1” as the web address in your web browser.
5Use “admin” as the user name and “1234” (default) as the password and click Login.
6Go to Configuration > Network Setting > Wireless > Guest/More AP. Click the Modify/Edit icon of the first
entry to configure wireless and security settings for SSID_Worker.
7Configure the screen as follows. In this example, you enable Intra-BSS Traffic for SSID_Worker to allow
wireless clients in the same wireless network to communicate with each other. Click OK.
SSID SECURITY TYPE KEY
SSID_Worker WPA2-PSK
WPA Compatible
DoNotStealMyWirelessNetwork
SSID_VoIP WPA-PSK VoIPOnly12345678
SSID_Guest WPA-PSK keyexample123
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
56
8Click the Modify/Edit icon of the second entry to configure wireless and security settings for SSID_VoIP.
9Configure the screen as follows. In this example, you do not enable Intra-BSS Traffic for SSID_VoIP. Click
OK.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
57
10 Click the Modify/Edit icon of the third entry to configure wireless and security settings for SSID_Guest.
11 Configure the screen as follows. In this example, you enable Intra-BSS Traffic for SSID_Guest to allow
wireless clients in the same wireless network to communicate with each other. Click OK.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
58
4.5 Make a VoIP/VoLTE Phone Call
You can make phone calls over the VoIP/VoLTE via the Zyxel Device.
1For VoIP, make sure a SIM card is installed on the Zyxel Device to have Internet access. For VoLTE
(Vo3G), contact your ISP to make sure that your SIM card supports VoLTE (Vo3G).
2Log into the Web Configurator.
3Go to the Configuration > Voice > Voice Mode screen.
4Select Enable in the Voice Mode screen to activate the VoIP/VoLTE service. Click Apply.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
59
5Connect an analog telephone to a PHONE port to make phone calls over the VoIP/VoLTE.
4.6 Configure a Firewall Rule
You can enable the firewall to protect your LAN computers from malicious attacks from the Internet if
you want to allow specific traffic in from the Internet.
1Click Configuration > Security > Firewall to open the General screen.
2Select IPv4 Firewall/IPv6 Firewall to enable the firewall, and click Apply.
3Open the Access Control screen to create a rule.
4Click Add New ACL Rule to set up a rule.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
60
•Filter Name: Enter a name to identify the firewall rule.
•Source IP Address: Enter the IP address of the computer that initializes traffic for the application or
service.
•Select Destination IP Address: Enter the IP address of the computer to which traffic for the application
or service is entering.
•Protocol: Select the protocol (TCP, UDP or ICMP) used to transport the packets.
•Custom Source Port: Enter the port number/range of the source that define the traffic type.
•Custom Destination Port: Enter the port number/range of the destination that define the traffic type.
5Select Enable Rate Limit to activate the rules you created. Click OK.
4.7 Configure MAC Filter
You can block certain web features and specific website addresses.
1Go to the Configuration > Security > MAC Filter screen. Click Add New Rule.
2Type the Host Name and the corresponding MAC Address that you want to block in the MAC Filter
screen.
3Select the Active check box and click Apply.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
61
4.8 Upgrade Firmware on the Zyxel Device
Upload the router firmware to the Zyxel Device for feature enhancements.
1Download the firmware file at www.zyxel.com in a compressed file. Decompress the file.
2Go to the Maintenance > Firmware Upgrade screen.
3Click Browse and select a .bin file to upload. Click Upload.
4This process may take up to two minutes to finish. After two minutes, log in again and check your new
firmware version in the Status screen.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
62
4.9 Back up a Configuration File
Back up a configuration file in case you want to return to your previous settings.
1Go to the Maintenance > Backup/Restore screen.
2Click Backup in the Backup Configuration section, and a configuration file will be saved to your
computer.
4.10 Restore Configuration
You can upload a previously saved configuration file from your computer to your Zyxel Device to restore
that previous configuration.
1Go to the Maintenance > Backup/Restore screen.
2Click Browse in Restore Configuration section, and select the configuration file that you want to upload.
Click Upload.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
63
3The Zyxel Device will restart automatically after the configuration file is successfully uploaded. Wait for
one minute before logging into the Zyxel Device again.
4.11 Connect to the Internet
This section gives you an example on how to connect to the Internet.
1Insert the SIM Card into your Zyxel Device SIM slot. Make sure this SIM has an active data plan with your
Internet Service Provider (ISP).
2Connect your Zyxel Device to your computer, and log into the Web Configurator.
3If your SIM has a PIN Code, enter this code in the Broardband > Cellular SIM screen.
4Use the Home screen to check the Internet Status (IPv4) or Internet Status (IPv6). If it shows Connected
this means your Internet connection is up.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
64
4.12 Configure DHCP
You can enable the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) in your Zyxel Device to assign IP
addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability. DHCP allows clients to obtain
TCP/IP configuration at start-up from a server.
The following figure shows how Client A uses DHCP to join the Zyxel Device’s network. First Client A
searches for an available DHCP, and sends a DHCP Discover broadcast message asking for an IP
address to connect to. Then the DHCP selects an IP address from its pool of IP addresses for Client A. The
DHCP sends a DHCP Offer including the IP address selected and a lease time, which is the period of time
Client A will be able to use this IP address, After Client A has received DHCP offers for an IP address, it
chooses one and sends out a DHCP Request including the IP address it chose. Finally the DHCP confirms
through a DHCP Ack (Acknowledge) message that the host can use the IP address for the previously
specified lease time.
To configure the DHCP in your Zyxel Device:
1Log into the Zyxel Device’s Web Configurator.
2Click Network Setting > Home Networking > LAN Setup.
3Select Enable DHCP Server State.
4Enter a range of addresses from which your DHCP will assign to devices in your network.
Note: Do not include the Zyxel Device’s LAN IP address in your range of addresses.
5Type the DHCP Server Lease Time, the period of time (in minutes) a device can use one of the IP
addresses from the DHCP pool. The lease time helps recycle unused IP addresses so that other can use
them again. Click Apply.
4.12.1 Add Devices to Your Static DHCP List
IP addresses from the DHCP pool can be reused after they have completed their lease time. Add your
devices to your Static DHCP List so they have the same IP address everytime they connect to your
network.
To add a device to your Static DHCP List:
1Log into the Zyxel Device’s Web Configurator.
2Go to Network Setting > Home Networking > Static DHCP screen.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
65
3Click Static DHCP Configuration in the Static DHCP Configuration screen.
4Select Active and type the IP address you want to assign to your device.
5Type the MAC Address of your device to which the LTE7460 assigns the IP address and click OK.
4.13 Configure Static Route for Routing to Another
Network
In order to extend your Intranet and control traffic flowing directions, you may connect a router to the
Zyxel Device’s LAN. The router may be used to separate two area networks. This tutorial shows how to
configure a static routing rule for two network routings.
In the following figure, router R is connected to the Zyxel Device’s LAN. R connects to two networks, N1
(192.168.1.x/24) and N2 (192.168.10.x/24). If you want to send traffic from computer A (in N1 network) to
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
66
computer B (in N2 network), the traffic is sent to the Zyxel Device’s WAN default gateway by default. In
this case, B will never receive the traffic.
You need to specify a static routing rule on the Zyxel Device to specify R as the router in charge of
forwarding traffic to N2. In this case, the Zyxel Device routes traffic from A to R and then R routes the
traffic to B.
This tutorial uses the following example IP settings:
Table 12 IP Settings in this Tutorial
DEVICE / COMPUTER IP ADDRESS
The Zyxel Device’s LAN 192.168.1.1
A 192.168.1.34
R’s N1 192.168.1.253
R’s N2 192.168.10.2
B 192.168.10.33
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
67
To configure a static route to route traffic from N1 to N2:
1Log into the Zyxel Device’s Web Configurator.
2Go to Network Setting > Routing > Static Route screen.
3Click Add New Static Route in the Static Route screen.
4Configure the Static Route Setup screen using the following settings:
4a Type 192.168.10.2 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0 for the destination, N2.
4b Type 192.168.1.253 (R’s N1 address) in the Gateway IP Address field.
4c Click OK.
Now B should be able to receive traffic from A. You may need to additionally configure B’s firewall
settings to allow specific traffic to pass through.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
68
4.14 Access the Zyxel Device Using DDNS
If you connect your Zyxel Device to the Internet and it uses a dynamic WAN IP address, it is inconvenient
for you to manage the device from the Internet. The Zyxel Device’s WAN IP address changes
dynamically. Dynamic DNS (DDNS) allows you to access the Zyxel Device using a domain name.
To use this feature, you have to apply for DDNS service at www.dyndns.org.
This tutorial covers:
• Registering a DDNS Account on www.dyndns.org
• Configuring DDNS on Your Zyxel Device
• Testing the DDNS Setting
Note: If you have a private WAN IP address, then you cannot use DDNS.
4.14.1 Register a DDNS Account on www.dyndns.org
1Open a browser and type http://www.dyndns.org.
2Apply for a user account. This tutorial uses UserName1 and 12345 as the username and password.
3Log into www.dyndns.org using your account.
4Add a new DDNS host name. This tutorial uses the following settings as an example.
• Hostname: zyxelrouter.dyndns.org
• Service Type: Host with IP address
• IP Address: Enter the WAN IP address that your Zyxel Device is currently using. You can find the IP
address on the Zyxel Device’s Web Configurator Home page.
5Then you will need to configure the same account and host name on the Zyxel Device later.
4.14.2 Configure DDNS on Your Zyxel Device
Configure the following settings in the Network Setting > DNS > Dynamic DNS screen.
•Select Enable Dynamic DNS.
• Select www.DynDNS.com as Service Provider.
• Type zyxelrouter.dyndns.org in the Host Name field.
Chapter 4 Tutorials
LTE Series User’s Guide
69
• Type the user name (UserName1) and password (12345).
Click Apply.
4.14.3 Test the DDNS Settings
Now you should be able to access the Zyxel Device from the Internet. To test this:
1Open a web browser on the computer (using the IP address a.b.c.d) that is connected to the Internet.
2Type http://zyxelrouter.dyndns.org and press [Enter].
3The Zyxel Device’s login page should appear. You can then log into the Zyxel Device and manage it.
70
PART II
Technical Reference
LTE Series User’s Guide
71
CHAPTER 5
Connection Status
5.1 Connection Status Overview
After you log into the Web Configurator, the Connection Status screen appears. You can configure
basic Internet access and wireless settings in this screen. It also shows the network status of the Zyxel
Device and computers/devices connected to it.
5.1.1 Connectivity
Use this screen to view the network connection status of the Zyxel Device and its clients.
Figure 44 Connectivity
Click the Arrow icon ( ) to view IP addresses and MAC addresses of the wireless and wired devices
connected to the Zyxel Device.
Figure 45 Connectivity: Connected Devices
You can change the icon and name of a connected device. Place your mouse within the device
block, and an Edit icon ( ) will appear. Click the Edit icon, and you’ll see there are several icon
choices for you to select. Enter a name in the Device Name field for a connected device. Click to
enable () i Internet Blocking for a connected device. Click Save to save your changes.
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
72
Figure 46 Connectivity: Edit
5.1.2 System Info
Use this screen to view the basic system information of the Zyxel Device.
Figure 47 System Info
Click the Arrow icon ( ) to view more information on the status of your firewall and interfaces (WAN,
LAN, and WLAN).
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
73
Figure 48 System Info: Detailed Information
Each field is described in the following table.
Table 13 System Info: Detailed Information
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Host Name This field displays the Zyxel Device system name. It is used for identification.
Model Name This shows the model number of your Zyxel Device.
Serial Number This field displays the serial number of the Zyxel Device.
Firmware Version This is the current version of the firmware inside the Zyxel Device.
System Up Time This field displays how long the Zyxel Device has been running since it last started up. The
Zyxel Device starts up when you plug it in, when you restart it (Maintenance > Reboot), or
when you reset it.
Interface Status
Virtual ports are shown here. You can see the ports in use and their transmission rate.
WAN Information (These fields display when you have a WAN connection.)
Mode This field displays the current mode of your Zyxel Device.
IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the Zyxel Device in the WAN.
IP Subnet Mask This field displays the current subnet mask in the WAN.
IPv6 Address This field displays the current IPv6 address of the Zyxel Device in the WAN.
Primary DNS
server This field displays the first DNS server address assigned by the ISP.
Secondary DNS
server This field displays the second DNS server address assigned by the ISP.
Primary DNSv6
server This field displays the first DNS server IPv6 address assigned by the ISP.
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
74
5.1.3 Cellular Info
Use this screen to view the LTE connection details and LTE signal strength value that you can use as
reference for positioning the Zyxel Device, as well as SIM card and module information.
Figure 49 Cellular Info
Click the Arrow icon ( ) to view the more information on the LTE connection.
Secondary
DNSv6 server This field displays the second DNS server IPv6 address assigned by the ISP.
LAN Information
IP Address This is the current IP address of the Zyxel Device in the LAN.
Subnet Mask This is the current subnet mask in the LAN.
DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the Zyxel Device is providing to the LAN. The possible
values are:
Server - The Zyxel Device is a DHCP server in the LAN. It assigns IP addresses to other
computers in the LAN.
Relay - The Zyxel Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and
responses between the remote server and the clients.
None - The Zyxel Device is not providing any DHCP services to the LAN.
Security
Firewall This displays the firewall’s current security level.
WLAN Information
MAC Address This shows the wireless adapter MAC (Media Access Control) Address of the wireless
interface.
Status This displays whether the WLAN is activated.
SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the Zyxel Device in a wireless LAN.
Channel This is the channel number currently used by the wireless interface.
Security This displays the type of security mode the wireless interface is using in the wireless LAN.
802.11 Mode This displays the type of 802.11 mode the wireless interface is using in the wireless LAN.
WPS This displays whether WPS is activated on the wireless interface.
Table 13 System Info: Detailed Information (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
75
Figure 50 Cellular Info: Detailed Information
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 14 Cellular Info: Detailed Information
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Module Information
IMEI This shows the International Mobile Equipment Identity of the Zyxel Device.
Module SW
Version
This shows the software version of the LTE module.
SIM Status
SIM Card Status This displays the SIM card status:
None - the Zyxel Device does not detect that there is a SIM card inserted.
Available - the SIM card could either have or doesn’t have PIN code security.
Locked - the SIM card has PIN code security, but you did not enter the PIN code yet.
Blocked - you entered an incorrect PIN code too many times, so the SIM card has been locked;
call the ISP for a PUK (Pin Unlock Key) to unlock the SIM card.
Error - the Zyxel Device detected that the SIM card has errors.
IMSI This displays the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the installed SIM card. An IMSI is
a unique ID used to identify a mobile subscriber in a mobile network.
ICCID Integrated Circuit Card Identifier (ICCID). This is the serial number of the SIM card.
PIN Protection A PIN (Personal Identification Number) code is a key to a SIM card. Without the PIN code, you
cannot use the SIM card.
Shows Enable if the service provider requires you to enter a PIN to use the SIM card.
Shows Disable if the service provider lets you use the SIM without inputting a PIN.
PIN Remaining
Attempts
This is how many more times you can try to enter the PIN code before the ISP blocks your SIM
card.
IP Passthrough Status
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
76
IP Passthrough
Enable
This displays if IP Passthrough is enabled on the Zyxel Device.
IP Passthrough allows a LAN computer on the local network of the Zyxel Device to have access
to web services using the public IP address. When IP Passthrough is configured, all traffic is
forwarded to the LAN computer and will not go through NAT.
IP Passthrough
Mode
This displays the IP Passthrough mode.
This displays Dynamic and the Zyxel Device will allow traffic to be forwarded to the first LAN
computer requesting an IP address from the Zyxel Device.
This displays Fixed and the Zyxel Device will allow traffic to be forwarded to a specific LAN
computer on the local network of the Zyxel Device.
Cellular Status
Cellular Status This displays the status of the cellular Internet connection.
Data Roaming This displays if data roaming is enabled on the Zyxel Device.
4G roaming is to use your Zyxel Device in an area which is not covered by your service provider.
Enable roaming to ensure that your Zyxel Device is kept connected to the Internet when you are
traveling outside the geographical coverage area of the network to which you are registered.
Operator This displays the name of the service provider.
PLMN This displays the PLMN number.
Service Information
Access
Technology
This displays the type of the mobile network (such as LTE, UMTS, GSM) to which the Zyxel Device is
connecting.
Band This displays the current LTE band of your Zyxel Device (WCDMA2100).
RSSI This displays the strength of the 3G/LTE signal strength between an associated cellular station
and the Zyxel Device.
Cell ID This shows the cell ID, which is a unique number used to identify the Base Transceiver Station to
which the Zyxel Device is connecting.
The value depends on the Current Access Technology:
• For GPRS, it is the Cell Identity as specified in 3GPP-TS.25.331.
• For UMTS, it is the Cell Identity as defined in SIB3 3GPP-TS.25.331, 3GPP-TS.24.008.
• For LTE, it is the 28-bit binary number Cell Identity as specified in SIB1 in 3GPP-TS.36.331.
The value is ‘0’ (zero) or ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
Physical Cell ID This shows the Physical Cell ID (PCI), which are queries and replies between the Zyxel Device and
the mobile network it is connecting to. The normal range is 1 to 504.
UL Bandwidth
(MHz)
This shows the LTE channel bandwidth from device to base station. According to 3GPP
specifications, the bandwidths defined by the standard are 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, and 20 MHz. The
wider the bandwidth the higher the throughput.
DL Bandwidth
(MHz)
This shows the LTE channel bandwidth from base station to LTE device. According to 3GPP
specifications, the bandwidths defined by the standard are 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, and 20 MHz. The
wider the bandwidth the higher the throughput.
Table 14 Cellular Info: Detailed Information
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
77
RFCN This displays the Radio Frequency Channel Number of DL carrier frequency used by the mobile
network to which the Zyxel Device is connecting.
The value depends on the Current Access Technology:
• For GPRS, it is the ARFCN (Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number) as specified in 3GPP-
TS.45.005.
• For UMTS, it is the UARFCN (UTRA Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number) as specified in
3GPP-TS.25.101.
• For LTE, it is the EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number) as specified in
3GPP-TS.36.101.
The value is ‘0’ (zero) or ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
RSRP This displays the Reference Signal Receive Power (RSRP), which is the average received power
of all Resource Element (RE) that carry cell-specific Reference Signals (RS) within the specified
bandwidth.
The received RSRP level of the connected E-UTRA cell, in dBm, is as specified in 3GPP-TS.36.214.
The reporting range is specified in 3GPP-TS.36.133.
An undetectable signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -140 dBm.
This parameter is for LTE only. The normal range is -30 to -140. The value is -140 if the Current
Access Technology is not LTE. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
RSRQ This displays the Reference Signal Receive Quality (RSRQ), which is the ratio of RSRP to the E-UTRA
carrier RSSI and indicates the quality of the received reference signal.
The received RSRQ level of the connected E-UTRA cell, in 0.1 dB, is as specified in 3GPP-TS.36.214.
An undetectable signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -240.
This parameter is for LTE only. The normal range is -30 to -240. The value is -240 if the Current
Access Technology is not LTE. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
RSCP This displays the Received Signal Code Power, which measures the power of channel used by
the Zyxel Device.
The received signal level, in dBm, is of the CPICH channel (Ref. 3GPP TS 25.133). An
undetectable signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -120 dBm.
This parameter is for UMTS only. The normal range is -30 to -120. The value is -120 if the Current
Access Technology is not UMTS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
EcNo This displays the ratio (in dB) of the received energy per chip and the interference level.
The measured EcNo is in 0.1 dB and is received in the downlink pilot channel. An undetectable
signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -240 dB.
This parameter is for UMTS only. The normal range is -30 to -240. The value is -240 if the Current
Access Technology is not UMTS or there is no network connection.
TAC This displays the Tracking Area Code (TAC), which is used to identify the country of a mobile
subscriber.
The physical cell ID of the connected E-UTRAN cell, is as specified in 3GPP-TS.36.101.
This parameter is for LTE only. The value is ‘0’ (zero) or ‘N/A’ if the Current Access Technology is
not LTE or there is no network connection.
LAC This displays the 2-octet Location Area Code (LAC), which is used to identify a location area
within a PLMN.
The LAC of the connected cell is as defined in SIB 1 [3GPP-TS.25.331]. The concatenation of
PLMN ID (MCC+MNC) and LAC uniquely identifies the LAI (Location Area ID) [3GPP-TS.23.003].
This parameter is for UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘0’ (zero) if the Current Access Technology is not
UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
Table 14 Cellular Info: Detailed Information
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
78
5.1.4 WiFi Settings
Use this screen to enable or disable the main wireless network. When the switch turns blue ( ), the
function is enabled. Otherwise, it’s not. You can use this screen or the QR code on the upper right corner
to check the SSIDs (WiFi network name) and passwords of the main wireless networks. If you want to
show or hide your WiFi passwords, click the Eye icon ( ).
Figure 51 WiFi Settings
RAC This displays the RAC (Routing Area Code), which is used in mobile network “packet domain
service” (PS) to identify a routing area within a location area.
In a mobile network, it uses LAC (Location Area Code) to identify the geographical location for
the old 3G voice only service, and use RAC to identify the location of data service like HSDPA or
LTE.
The RAC of the connected UTRAN cell is as defined in SIB 1 [3GPP-TS.25.331]. The concatenation
of PLMN ID (MCC+MNC), LAC, and RAC uniquely identifies the RAI (Routing Area ID) [3GPP-
TS.23.003].
This parameter is for UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘0’ (zero) if the Current Access Technology is not
UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
BSIC The Base Station Identity Code (BSIC), which is a code used in GSM to uniquely identify a base
station.
This parameter is for GPRS only. The value is ‘0’ (zero) if the Current Access Technology is not
GPRS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
SINR This displays the Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) in dB. This is also a measure of signal
quality and used by the UE (User Equipment) to calculate the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI)
that it reports to the network. A negative value means more noise than signal.
CQI This displays the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI). It is an indicator carrying the information on
how good/bad the communication channel quality is.
MCS MCS stands for modulation coding scheme. The base station selects MCS based on current
radio conditions. The higher the MCS the more bits can be transmitted per time unit.
RI This displays the Rank Indication, one of the control information that a UE will report to eNodeB
(Evolved Node-B) on either PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) or PUSCH (Physical Uplink
Shared Channel) based on uplink scheduling.
PMI This displays the Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI).
PMI is for transmission modes 4 (closed loop spatial multiplexing), 5 (multi-user MIMO), and 6
(closed loop spatial multiplexing using a single layer).
PMI determines how cellular data are encoded for the antennas to improve downlink rate.
Table 14 Cellular Info: Detailed Information
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
79
Click the Arrow icon ( ) to configure the SSIDs and/or passwords for your main wireless networks. Click
the Eye icon ( ) to display the characters as you enter the WiFi Password.
Figure 52 WiFi Settings: Configuration
Each field is described in the following table.
5.1.5 Guest WiFi Settings
Use this screen to enable or disable the guest wireless network. When the switch turns blue ( ), the
function is enabled. Otherwise, it’s not. You can use this screen or the QR code on the upper right corner
to check the SSIDs (WiFi network name) and passwords of the guest wireless networks. If you want to
show or hide your WiFi passwords, click the Eye icon ( ).
Table 15 WiFi Settings: Configuration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
2.4G / 5G WiFi Click this switch to enable or disable the 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz wireless network. When the switch
turns blue , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it’s not.
WiFi Name The SSID (Service Set IDentity) identifies the service set with which a wireless device is
associated. Wireless devices associating to the access point (AP) must have the same SSID.
Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 English keyboard characters) for the wireless LAN.
WiFi Password If you selected Random Password, this field displays a pre-shared key generated by the Zyxel
Device.
If you did not select Random Password, you can manually type a pre-shared key from 8 to 64
case-sensitive keyboard characters.
Click the Eye icon to show or hide the password for your wireless network. When the Eye icon
is slashed , you’ll see the password in plain text. Otherwise, it’s hidden.
Random Password Select this option to have the Zyxel Device automatically generate a password. The WiFi
Password field will not be configurable when you select this option.
Hide WiFi network
name
Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot
obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool.
Note: Disable WPS in the Network Setting > Wireless > WPS screen to hide the SSID.
Save Click Save to save your changes.
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
80
Figure 53 Guest WiFi Settings
Click the Arrow icon ( ) to configure the SSIDs and/or passwords for the guest wireless networks. Click
the Eye icon ( ) to display the characters as you enter the WiFi Password.
Figure 54 Guest WiFi Settings: Configuration
Each field is described in the following table.
Table 16 Guest WiFi Settings: Configuration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
2.4G / 5G WiFi Click this switch to enable or disable the 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz wireless network. When the switch
turns blue , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it’s not.
WiFi Name The SSID (Service Set IDentity) identifies the service set with which a wireless device is
associated. Wireless devices associating to the access point (AP) must have the same SSID.
Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 English keyboard characters) for the wireless LAN.
WiFi Password If you selected Random Password, this field displays a pre-shared key generated by the Zyxel
Device.
If you did not select Random Password, you can manually type a pre-shared key from 8 to 64
case-sensitive keyboard characters.
Click the Eye icon to show or hide the password for your wireless network. When the Eye icon
is slashed , you’ll see the password in plain text. Otherwise, it’s hidden.
Random Password Select this option to have the Zyxel Device automatically generate a password. The WiFi
Password field will not be configurable when you select this option.
Hide WiFi network
name
Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot
obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool.
Note: Disable WPS in the Network Setting > Wireless > WPS screen to hide the SSID.
Save Click Save to save your changes.
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
81
5.1.6 LAN
Use this screen to view the LAN IP address, subnet mask, and DHCP settings of your Zyxel Device.
Figure 55 LAN
Click the Arrow icon ( ) to configure the LAN IP settings and DHCP setting for your Zyxel Device.
Figure 56 LAN Setup
Each field is described in the following table.
Table 17 Status Screen
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LAN IP Setup
IP Address Enter the LAN IPv4 IP address you want to assign to your Zyxel Device in dotted decimal
notation, for example, 192.168.1.1 (factory default).
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation, for example 255.255.255.0
(factory default). Your Zyxel Device automatically computes the subnet mask based on the
IP Address you enter, so do not change this field unless you are instructed to do so.
IP Addressing Values
Beginning IP
Address This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool.
Ending IP
Address This field specifies the last of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool.
DHCP Server State
Chapter 5 Connection Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
82
DHCP Server
Lease Time This is the period of time DHCP-assigned addresses is used. DHCP automatically assigns IP
addresses to clients when they log in. DHCP centralizes IP address management on central
computers that run the DHCP server program. DHCP leases addresses, for a period of time,
which means that past addresses are “recycled” and made available for future
reassignment to other systems.
Days/Hours/
Minutes Enter the lease time of the DHCP server.
Save Click Save to save your changes.
Table 17 Status Screen (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
83
CHAPTER 6
Broadband
6.1 Overview
This chapter discusses the Zyxel Device’s Broadband screens. Use these screens to configure your Zyxel
Device for Internet access.
A WAN (Wide Area Network) connection is an outside connection to another network or the Internet. It
connects your private networks, such as a LAN (Local Area Network) and other networks, so that a
computer in one location can communicate with computers in other locations.
Figure 57 LAN and WAN
6.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the Broadband screen to view a WAN interface. You can also configure the WAN settings on the
Zyxel Device for Internet access (Section 6.2 on page 84).
• Use the WAN Backup screen to configure your Zyxel Device’s WAN backup settings (Section 6.3 on
page 89).
• Use the Ethernet WAN screen to convert LAN port number four as a WAN port or restore the Ethernet
WAN port to a LAN port (Section 6.4 on page 90).
• Use the Cellular WAN screen to configure an LTE WAN connection (Section 6.5 on page 91).
• Use the Cellular SIM screen to enter the PIN of your SIM card (Section 6.6 on page 92).
• Use the Cellular Band screen to view or edit an LTE WAN interface. You can also configure the WAN
settings on the Zyxel Device for Internet access (Section 6.2 on page 84).
• Use the Cellular PLMN screen to display available Public Land Mobile Networks (Section 6.8 on page
94).
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
84
• Use the Cellular IP Passthrough screen to configure an LTE WAN connection (Section 6.9 on page 97).
6.1.2 What You Need to Know
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
WAN IP Address
The WAN IP address is an IP address for the Zyxel Device, which makes it accessible from an outside
network. It is used by the Zyxel Device to communicate with other devices in other networks. The ISP
dynamically assigns it each time the Zyxel Device tries to access the Internet.
APN
Access Point Name (APN) is a unique string which indicates an LTE network. An APN is required for LTE
stations to enter the LTE network and then the Internet.
6.1.3 Before You Begin
You may need to know your Internet access settings such as LTE APN, WAN IP address and SIM card’s
PIN code if the INTERNET light on your Zyxel Device is off. Get this information from your service provider.
6.2 Broadband
Use this screen to change your Zyxel Device’s Internet access settings. The summary table shows you the
configured WAN services (connections) on the Zyxel Device. Use information provided by your ISP to
configure WAN settings.
Click Network Setting > Broadband to access this screen.
Table 18 WAN Setup Overview
LAYER-2 INTERFACE INTERNET CONNECTION
CONNECTION DSL LINK TYPE MODE ENCAPSULATION CONNECTION SETTINGS
Ethernet N/A Routing IPoE WAN IPv4/IPv6 IP address, NAT, DNS
server and routing feature.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
85
Figure 58 Network Setting > Broadband
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
6.2.1 Add/Edit Internet Connection
Click the Edit or Modify icon to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure a WAN
connection.
Table 19 Network Setting > Broadband
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the index number of the entry.
Name This is the service name of the connection.
Type This shows whether it is a cellular or Ethernet connection.
Mode This shows the connection is in routing mode.
Encapsulation This is the method of encapsulation used by this connection.
802.1p This indicates the 802.1p priority level assigned to traffic sent through this connection. This
displays N/A when there is no priority level assigned.
802.1q This indicates the VLAN ID number assigned to traffic sent through this connection. This displays
N/A when there is no VLAN ID number assigned.
IGMP Proxy This shows whether the Zyxel Device act as an IGMP proxy on this connection.
NAT This shows whether NAT is activated or not for this connection.
Default
Gateway
This shows whether the Zyxel Device use the WAN interface of this connection as the system
default gateway.
IPv6 This shows whether IPv6 is activated or not for this connection. IPv6 is not available when the
connection uses the bridging service.
MLD Proxy This shows whether Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) is activated or not for this connection. MLD
is not available when the connection uses the bridging service.
Modify Click the Edit or Modify icon to configure the WAN connection.
Click the Delete icon to remove the WAN connection.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
86
Figure 59 Network Setting > Broadband > Add/Edit New WAN Interface
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 20 Network Setting > Broadband > Add/Edit New WAN Interface
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Click this switch to enable or disable the interface. When the switch goes to the right , the
function is enabled. Otherwise, it is not.
Name This is the service name of the connection.
Type This shows the type of the connection the Zyxel Device is currently associated with.
Mode This shows the connection is in Routing or Bridge mode.
If the Zyxel Device is in routing mode, your ISP gives you one IP address only and you want
multiple computers to share an Internet account.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
87
Encapsulation This is the method of encapsulation used by this connection.
IPv4/IPv6 Mode This shows IPv4 IPv6 DualStack.
IPv4 IPv6 DualStack allows the Zyxel Device to run IPv4 and IPv6 at the same time.
VLAN Click this switch to enable or disable VLAN on this WAN interface. When the switch goes to the
right , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it is not.
802.1p IEEE 802.1p defines up to 8 separate traffic types by inserting a tag into a MAC-layer frame that
contains bits to define class of service.
Select the IEEE 802.1p priority level (from 0 to 7) to add to traffic through this connection. The
greater the number, the higher the priority level.
802.1q Type the VLAN ID number (from 1 to 4094) for traffic through this connection.
MTU
MTU Enter the MTU (Maximum Transfer Unit) size for this traffic.
IP Address
Obtain an IP
Address
Automatically
A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you. A dynamic IP address is not fixed; the ISP
assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet. Select this if you have a
dynamic IP address.
Static IP Address Select this option If the ISP assigned a fixed IP address.
IP Address Enter the static IP address provided by your ISP.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask provided by your ISP.
Gateway IP
Address
Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP.
DNS Server
Select Obtain DNS Info Automatically if you want the Zyxel Device to use the DNS server
addresses assigned by your ISP.
Select Use Following Static DNS Address if you want the Zyxel Device to use the DNS server
addresses you configure manually.
Primary DNS
Server
Enter the first DNS server address assigned by the ISP.
Secondary DNS
Server
Enter the second DNS server address assigned by the ISP.
Routing Feature
NAT Click this switch to activate or deactivate NAT on this connection. When the switch goes to the
right , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it is not.
IGMP Proxy Internet Group Multicast Protocol (IGMP) is a network-layer protocol used to establish
membership in a Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data.
Click this switch to have the Zyxel Device act as an IGMP proxy on this connection. When the
switch goes to the right , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it is not.
This allows the Zyxel Device to get subscribing information and maintain a joined member list for
each multicast group. It can reduce multicast traffic significantly.
Apply as Default
Gateway
Click this switch to have the Zyxel Device use the WAN interface of this connection as the system
default gateway. When the switch goes to the right , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it is
not.
Table 20 Network Setting > Broadband > Add/Edit New WAN Interface (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
88
Fullcone NAT Click this switch to enable or disable fullcone NAT on this connection. When the switch goes to
the right , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it is not.
This field is available only when you activate NAT.
In fullcone NAT, the Zyxel Device maps all outgoing packets from an internal IP address and port
to a single IP address and port on the external network. The Zyxel Device also maps packets
coming to that external IP address and port to the internal IP address and port.
DHCPC Options
Request Options Select Option 43 to have the Zyxel Device automatically add vendor specific information in the
DHCP packets to request the vendor specific options from the DHCP server.
Select Option 120 to have the Zyxel Device get the IP address or a fully-qualified domain name
of SIP server from DHCP.
Select Option 121 to have the Zyxel Device push static routes to clients.
Sent Options
option 60 Select this and enter the device identity you want the Zyxel Device to add in the DHCP discovery
packets that go to the DHCP server.
Vendor ID Enter the Vendor Class Identifier, such as the type of the hardware or firmware.
option 61 Select this and enter any string that identifies the device.
IAID Enter the Identity Association Identifier (IAID) of the device, for example, the WAN connection
index number.
DUID Enter the hardware type, a time value and the MAC address of the device.
option 125 Select this to have the Zyxel Device automatically generate and add vendor specific
parameters in the DHCP discovery packets that go to the DHCP server.
IPv6 Address
Obtain an IPv6
Address
Automatically
Select Obtain an IPv6 Address Automatically if you want to have the Zyxel Device use the IPv6
prefix from the connected router’s Router Advertisement (RA) to generate an IPv6 address.
Static IPv6
Address
Select Static IPv6 Address if you have a fixed IPv6 address assigned by your ISP. When you select
this, the following fields appear.
IPv6 Address Enter an IPv6 IP address that your ISP gave to you for this WAN interface.
Prefix Length Enter the address prefix length to specify how many most significant bits in an IPv6 address
compose the network address.
IPv6 Default
Gateway Enter the IP address of the next-hop gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same
segment as your Zyxel Device's interface(s). The gateway helps forward packets to their
destinations.
IPv6 DNS Server
Obtain IPv6 DNS
Info
Automatically
Select Obtain IPv6 DNS Info Automatically to have the Zyxel Device get the IPv6 DNS server
addresses from the ISP automatically.
Use Following
Static IPv6 DNS
Address
Select Use Following Static IPv6 DNS Address to have the Zyxel Device use the IPv6 DNS server
addresses you configure manually.
Primary DNS
Server
Enter the first IPv6 DNS server address assigned by the ISP.
Secondary DNS
Server
Enter the second IPv6 DNS server address assigned by the ISP.
IPv6 Routing Feature
Table 20 Network Setting > Broadband > Add/Edit New WAN Interface (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
89
6.3 WAN Backup
Use this screen to configure your Zyxel Device’s Internet settings if the wired connection is down. You
can use an alternative network, and assign an IP address to verify the accessibility of the Internet and
the time interval allowed between each connection check.
Click Network Setting > Broadband > WAN Backup to display the following screen.
Figure 60 Network Setting > Broadband > WAN Backup
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
MLD Proxy
Enable
Select this check box/option to have the Zyxel Device act as an MLD proxy on this connection.
This allows the Zyxel Device to get subscription information and maintain a joined member list for
each multicast group. It can reduce multicast traffic significantly.
Apply as Default
Gateway
Select this option to have the Zyxel Device use the WAN interface of this connection as the
system default gateway.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 20 Network Setting > Broadband > Add/Edit New WAN Interface (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Table 21 Network Setting > Broadband > WAN Backup
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WAN Backup Enable Select Enable to have the Zyxel Device use the cellular connection as your WAN or a
backup when the wired WAN connection fails.
Primary WAN This field displays the connection the Zyxel Device would use first when the wired
WAN connection fails. You can choose Ethernet or Cellular as the primary WAN
connection for your Zyxel Device.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
90
6.4 Ethernet WAN
Use this screen to have a LAN port act as an Ethernet WAN port. You can restore it back from a WAN
port to a LAN port. Click the switch to set up the configuration. When the switch goes to the right, the
LAN port acts as an Ethernet WAN port. Otherwise, the LAN port remains as a LAN port. The Ethernet
WAN connection has priority over the DSL connection. Click Apply to save your changes back to the
Zyxel Device.
Click Network Setting > Broadband > Ethernet WAN to display the following screen.
Figure 61 Network Setting > Broadband > Ethernet WAN
The Destination for
Connection Check
Configure this field to test your Zyxel Device's WAN accessibility. Type the IP address
of a reliable nearby computer (for example, your ISP's DNS server address).
Note: If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup, you must
configure at least one IP address here. When using a WAN backup
connection, the Zyxel Device periodically pings the addresses
configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection (if
configured) if there is no response.
Connection Check Interval When the Zyxel Device is using a lower priority connection (usually a WAN backup
connection), it periodically checks to whether or not it can use a higher priority
connection. Type the number of seconds (30 recommended) for the Zyxel Device to
wait between checks. Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of
traffic.
Check Fail Limit Type the number of times (2 recommended) that your Zyxel Device may ping the IP
addresses configured in the WAN Backup Enable field without getting a response
before switching to a WAN backup connection (or a different WAN backup
connection).
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 21 Network Setting > Broadband > WAN Backup (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
91
6.5 Cellular WAN
Click Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular WAN to display the following screen. Use this screen to
enable data roaming and network monitoring when the Zyxel Device cannot ping a base station.
Note: APN information can be obtained from the service provider.
Roaming charges may apply when Data Roaming is enabled.
Automatic APN Mode is not supported when operating in 3G only mode.
Figure 62 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular WAN
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 22 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular WAN
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Antenna
Antenna Select Select between External or Internal Antenna for your Zyxel Device.
Roaming
Data Roaming Click this to enable ( ) data roaming on the Zyxel Device.
4G roaming is to use your mobile device in an area which is not covered by your service provider.
Enable roaming to ensure that your Zyxel Device is kept connected to the Internet when you are
traveling outside the geographical coverage area of the network to which you are registered.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
92
6.6 Cellular SIM Configuration
Enter a PIN for your SIM card to prevent others from using it.
Entering the wrong PIN code 3 consecutive times locks the SIM card
after which you need a PUK (Personal Unlocking Key) from the service
provider to unlock it.
Click Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular SIM. The following screen opens.
APN Settings
APN Manual
Mode
Disable this to have the Zyxel Device configure the APN (Access Point Name) of an LTE network
automatically. Otherwise, Click this to enable ( ) and enter the APN manually in the field
below.
APN This field allows you to display the Access Point Name (APN) in the profile.
Enter the Access Point Name (APN) provided by your service provider. Connections with different
APNs may provide different services (such as Internet access or MMS (Multi-Media Messaging
Service)) and charging method.
You can enter up to 30 printable ASCII characters. Spaces are allowed.
Username This field allows you to display the user name in the profile.
Type the user name (up to 31 printable ASCII characters) given to you by your service provider.
Password This field allows you to set the password in the profile.
Type the password (up to 31 printable ASCII characters) associated with the user name above.
Authentication
Type
Select the type of authentication method peers use to connect to the Zyxel Device in LTE
connections.
In Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) peers identify themselves with a user name and
password. In Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) additionally to user name
and password the Zyxel Device sends regular challenges to make sure an intruder has not
replaced a peer. Otherwise select PAP/CHAP or None.
PDP Type Select IPv4 if you want the Zyxel Device to run IPv4 (Internet Protocol version 4 addressing system)
only.
Select IPv4/IPv6 if you want the Zyxel Device to run both IPv4 and IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 4
and 6 addressing system) at the same time.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Table 22 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular WAN (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
93
Figure 63 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular SIM
Note: The PIN is automatically saved in the Zyxel Device.
Entering the wrong PIN exceeding a set number of times will lock the SIM card.
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
6.7 Cellular Band Configuration
Either select Auto to have the Zyxel Device connect to an available network using the default settings
on the SIM card or select the type of the network (4G, 3G, or 2G) to which you want the Zyxel Device to
connect.
Click Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular Band. The following screen opens.
Table 23 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular SIM
LABEL DESCRIPTION
PIN Management
PIN Protection A PIN (Personal Identification Number) code is a key to a SIM card. Without the PIN code, you
cannot use the SIM card.
Click to enable ( ) if the service provider requires you to enter a PIN to use the SIM card.
Click to disable if the service provider lets you use the SIM without inputting a PIN.
PIN If you enabled PIN verification, enter the 4-digit PIN code (0000 for example) provided by your ISP.
If you enter the PIN code incorrectly too many times, the ISP may block your SIM card and not let
you use the account to access the Internet.
Attempts
Remaining
This is how many more times you can try to enter the PIN code before the ISP blocks your SIM card.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen without saving.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
94
Figure 64 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular Band
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
6.8 Cellular PLMN Configuration
Each service provider has its own unique Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) number. Either select PLMN
Auto Selection to have the Zyxel Device connect to the service provider using the default settings on the
SIM card or manually view available PLMNs and select your service provider.
Click Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular PLMN. The screen appears as shown next.
Figure 65 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular PLMN
Table 24 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular Band
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Access Technology
Preferred Access
Technology
Select the type of the network (4G, 3G, or 2G) to which you want the Zyxel Device to
connect and click Apply to save your settings.
Otherwise, select Auto to have the Zyxel Device connect to an available network using the
default settings on the SIM card. If the currently registered mobile network is not available or
the mobile network’s signal strength is too low, the Zyxel Device switches to another
available mobile network.
Band Management
Band Auto Selection Select the LTE bands to use for the Zyxel Device’s WAN connection. Click to enable ( )
automatic LTE frequency band selection as provided by your service provider. Otherwise,
select disabled.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
95
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
After selecting to disable the following warning appears. Click OK to continue.
Figure 66 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular PLMN > Manual Scan Warning
Click Scan to check for available PLMNs in the area surrounding theZyxel Device, and then display them
in the network list. Select from the network list and click Apply.
Table 25 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular PLMN
LABEL DESCRIPTION
PLMN Management
PLMN Auto Selection Click to enable ( ) and have the Zyxel Device automatically connect to the first
available mobile network.
Select disabled to display the network list and manually select a preferred network.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
96
Figure 67 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular PLMN > Manual Scan
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 26 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular PLMN > Manual Scan
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# Click the radio button so the Zyxel Device connects to this ISP.
Status This shows Current to show the ISP the Zyxel Device is currently connected to.
This shows Forbidden to indicate the Zyxel Device cannot connect to this ISP.
This shows Available to indicate an available ISP your Zyxel Device can connect to.
Name This shows the ISP name.
Type This shows the type of network the ISP provides.
PLMN This shows the PLMN number.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
97
6.9 IP Passthrough
Enable IP Passthrough to allow Internet traffic to go to a LAN computer behind the Zyxel Device without
going through NAT.
Click Network Setting > Broadband > IP Passthrough to display the following screen.
Note: This screen is not available when the fourth LAN port acts as an Ethernet WAN port. See
Table 1 on page 16 for the feature differences of the Zyxel Devices.
Figure 68 Network Setting > Broadband > IP Passthrough
Note: Changing the IP Passthrough settings may affect the network setting of client devices.
After selecting to enable the following warning appears. Click OK to continue.
Figure 69 Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular IP Passthrough > Enable Warning
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 27 Network Setting > Broadband > IP Passthrough
LABEL DESCRIPTION
IP Passthrough Management
IP Passthrough IP Passthrough allows a LAN computer on the local network of the Zyxel Device to have access to
web services using the public IP address. When IP Passthrough is configured, all traffic is forwarded
to the LAN computer and will not go through NAT.
Chapter 6 Broadband
LTE Series User’s Guide
98
Passthrough
Mode
Select Dynamic to allow traffic to be forwarded to any LAN computer on the local network of the
Zyxel Device. Select Fixed to allow traffic to be forwarded to a specific LAN computer on the local
network of the Zyxel Device.
Note: This field will show upon enabling IP Passthrough in the previous field.
Passthrough
to fixed MAC
Enter the MAC address of a LAN computer on the local network of the Zyxel Device upon
selecting Fixed in the previous field.
Note: This field will show upon selecting Fixed in the previous field.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Table 27 Network Setting > Broadband > IP Passthrough (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
99
CHAPTER 7
Wireless
7.1 Overview
This chapter describes the Zyxel Device’s Network Setting > Wireless screens. Use these screens to set up
your Zyxel Device’s WiFi network and security settings.
7.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
This section describes the Zyxel Device’s Wireless screens. Use these screens to set up your Zyxel Device’s
WiFi connection.
• Use the General screen to enable the Wireless LAN, enter the SSID and select the WiFi security mode
(Section 7.2 on page 100)
• Use the Guest/More AP screen to set up multiple wireless networks on your Zyxel Device(Section 7.3 on
page 104).
• Use the MAC Authentication screen to allow or deny wireless clients based on their MAC addresses
from connecting to the Zyxel Device (Section 7.5 on page 108).
• Use the WPS screen to enable or disable WPS, view or generate a security PIN (Personal Identification
Number) (Section 7.6 on page 110).
• Use the WMM screen to enable WiFi MultiMedia (WMM) to ensure quality of service in WiFi networks for
multimedia applications (Section 7.7 on page 112).
• Use the Others screen to configure WiFi advanced features, such as the RTS/CTS Threshold (Section 7.8
on page 113).
• Use the WLAN Scheduler screen to create rules to schedule the times to permit Internet traffic from
each wireless network interfaces (Section 7.9 on page 115).
• Use the Channel Status screen to scan the number of accessing points and view the results(Section
7.10 on page 117).
7.1.2 What You Need to Know
Wireless Basics
“Wireless” is essentially radio communication. In the same way that walkie-talkie radios send and
receive information over the airwaves, wireless networking devices exchange information with one
another. A wireless networking device is just like a radio that lets your computer exchange information
with radios attached to other computers. Like walkie-talkies, most wireless networking devices operate
at radio frequency bands that are open to the public and do not require a license to use. However,
wireless networking is different from that of most traditional radio communications in that there are a
number of wireless networking standards available with different methods of data encryption.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
100
Finding Out More
See Section 7.11 on page 118 for advanced technical information on WiFi networks.
7.2 General Settings
Use this screen to enable the Wireless LAN, enter the SSID and select the wireless security mode. We
recommend that you select More Secure to enable WPA2-PSK data encryption.
Note: If you are configuring the Zyxel Device from a computer connected by WiFi and you
change the Zyxel Device’s SSID, channel or security settings, you will lose your wireless
connection when you press Apply. You must change the wireless settings of your
computer to match the new settings on the Zyxel Device.
Click Network Setting > Wireless to open the General screen.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
101
Figure 70 Network Setting > Wireless > General
The following table describes the general wireless LAN labels in this screen.
Table 28 Network Setting > Wireless > General
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WiFi Network Setup
Band This shows the WiFi band which this radio profile is using. 2.4GHz is the frequency used by IEEE
802.11b/g/n WiFi clients while 5GHz is used by IEEE 802.11a/ac WiFi clients.
WiFi Click Enable to enable the wireless LAN in this field.
Channel Use Auto to have the Zyxel Device automatically determine a channel to use.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
102
7.2.1 No Security
Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points without any data
encryption or authentication.
Note: If you do not enable any WiFi security on your Zyxel Device, your network is accessible to
any wireless networking device that is within range.
Bandwidth Select whether the Zyxel Device uses a WiFi channel width of 20MHz, 40MHz or 20/40MHz.
A standard 20MHz channel offers transfer speeds of up to 150Mbps whereas a 40MHz channel
uses two standard channels and offers speeds of up to 300Mbps.
40MHz (channel bonding or dual channel) bonds two adjacent radio channels to increase
throughput. The WiFi clients must also support 40MHz. It is often better to use the 20MHz setting in
a location where the environment hinders the WiFi signal.
Select 20MHz if you want to lessen radio interference with other WiFi devices in your
neighborhood or the WiFi clients do not support channel bonding.
Control
Sideband
This is available for some regions when you select a specific channel and set the Bandwidth field
to 40MHz. Set whether the control channel (set in the Channel field) should be in the Lower or
Upper range of channel bands.
WiFi Network Settings
WiFi Network
Name
The SSID (Service Set IDentity) identifies the service set with which a WiFi device is associated.
WiFi devices associating to the access point (AP) must have the same SSID.
Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 English keyboard characters) for the wireless LAN.
Max Clients Specify the maximum number of clients that can connect to this network at the same time.
Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain
the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool.
This check box is grayed out if the WPS function is enabled in the Network > Wireless > WPS
screen.
Multicast
Forwarding
Select this check box to allow the Zyxel Device to convert wireless multicast traffic into wireless
unicast traffic.
Max. Upstream
Bandwidth
Specify the maximum rate for upstream wireless traffic to the WAN from this WLAN in kilobits per
second (Kbps).
Max.
Downstream
Bandwidth
Specify the maximum rate for downstream wireless traffic to this WLAN from the WAN in kilobits
per second (Kbps).
BSSID This shows the MAC address of the wireless interface on the Zyxel Device when wireless LAN is
enabled.
Security Level
Security Mode Select More Secure (WPA2-PSK) to add security on this WiFi network. The WiFi clients which want
to associate to this network must have the same WiFi security settings as the Zyxel Device. When
you select to use a security, additional options appears in this screen.
Or you can select No Security to allow any client to associate with this network without any data
encryption or authentication.
See the following sections for more details about this field.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 28 Network Setting > Wireless > General (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
103
Figure 71 Wireless > General: No Security
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
7.2.2 More Secure (WPA2-PSK)
The WPA2-PSK security mode is a newer, more robust version of the WPA encryption standard. It offers
slightly better security, although the use of PSK makes it less robust than it could be. Using a Pre-Shared
Key (PSK), both the Zyxel Device and the connecting client share a common password in order to
validate the connection.
Click Network Setting > Wireless to display the General screen. Select More Secure as the security level.
WPA2-PSK is the default Security Mode.
Figure 72 Wireless > General: More Secure: WPA2-PSK
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 29 Wireless > General: No Security
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Level Choose No Security to allow all WiFi connections without data encryption or authentication.
Table 30 Wireless > General: More Secure: WPA2-PSK
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Level Select More Secure to enable WPA2-PSK data encryption.
Security Mode WPA2-PSK is the default security mode.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
104
7.3 Guest/More AP
Use this screen to configure a guest wireless network that allows access to the Internet through the Zyxel
Device. Click Network Setting > Wireless > Guest/More AP. The screen appears as shown. This allows you
to use one access point to provide several BSSs simultaneously. You can then assign varying security
types to different SSIDs. Wireless clients can use different SSIDs to associate with the same access point.
Figure 73 Network Setting > Wireless > Guest/More AP
Generate
password
automatically
Select this option to have the Zyxel Device automatically generate a password. The password
field will not be configurable when you select this option.
Password Select Generate password automatically or enter a Password.
The password has two uses.
1. Manual. Manually enter the same password on the Zyxel Device and the client. Enter 8-63
ASCII characters or exactly 64 hexadecimal (‘0-9’, ‘a-f’) characters.
2. WPS. When using WPS, the Zyxel Device sends this password to the client.
Note: Enter 8-63 ASCII characters only. 64 hexadecimal characters are not accepted
for WPS.
Click the Eye icon to show or hide the password for your wireless network. When the Eye icon is
slashed , you’ll see the password in plain text. Otherwise, it’s hidden.
more... Click this to show more fields in this section. Click this to hide them.
Encryption AES is the default data encryption type, which uses a 128-bit key.
Timer This is the rate at which the RADIUS server sends a new group key out to all clients.
Table 30 Wireless > General: More Secure: WPA2-PSK (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
105
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
7.4 More AP Edit
Use this screen to create a guest wireless network and configure its security settings. Click the Modify
icon in the More AP screen. The following screen displays. Click Network Setting > Wireless > More AP
Edit.
Table 31 Guest/More APNetwork Setting > Wireless >
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the index number of each SSID profile.
Status This shows whether the SSID profile is active (a yellow bulb) or not (a gray bulb).
SSID An SSID profile is the set of parameters relating to one of the Zyxel Device’s BSSs. The
SSID (Service Set IDentifier) identifies the Service Set with which a wireless device is
associated. You can configure up to four SSIDs to enable multiple BSSs (Basic Service
Sets) on the Zyxel Device.
This field displays the name of the wireless profile on the network. When a wireless
client scans for an AP to associate with, this is the name that is broadcast and seen
in the wireless client utility.
Security This field indicates the security mode of the SSID profile.
Guest WLAN This field shows whether the SSID profile is an external or home guest.
Modify Click Modify to change the SSID profile.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
106
Figure 74 Network Setting > Wireless > More AP Edit
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 32 Network Setting > Wireless > More AP Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WiFi Network Setup
WiFi Click Enable to enable the wireless LAN in this field.
Security Level
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
107
WiFi Network Name The SSID (Service Set IDentity) identifies the service set with which a WiFi device is
associated. WiFi devices associating to the access point (AP) must have the same
SSID.
Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 English keyboard characters) for the wireless LAN.
Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station
cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool.
This check box is grayed out if the WPS function is enabled in the Network > Wireless
> WPS screen.
Guest WLAN Select the check box to enable Guest WLAN.
Access Scenario If you select Home Guest, clients connecting to the same SSID can communicate
with each other directly.
If you select External Guest, clients are blocked from connecting to each other
directly.
Max. Upstream Bandwidth Specify the maximum rate for upstream wireless traffic to the WAN from this WLAN in
kilobits per second (Kbps).
Max. downstream
Bandwidth
Specify the maximum rate for downstream wireless traffic to this WLAN from the WAN
in kilobits per second (Kbps).
BSSID This shows the MAC address of the wireless interface on the Zyxel Device when
wireless LAN is enabled.
BBSID Subnet Select Enable to create an independent subnet for the SSID, which is separated
from the LAN subnet(s).
DHCP Start Address Enter the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool for the SSID subnet.
The Zyxel Device assigns IP addresses from this DHCP pool to wireless clients
connecting to the SSID.
DHCP End Address Enter the last of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool for the SSID subnet.
SSID Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the Zyxel Device for the SSID subnet.
LAN IP Address Enter the IP address of the Zyxel Device for the Guest SSID.
Security Level
Security Mode Select More Secure or WPA2-PSK to add security on this WiFi network. The WiFi
clients which want to associate to this network must have the same WiFi security
settings as the Zyxel Device. When you select to use a security, additional options
appears in this screen.
Or you can select No Security to allow any client to associate with this network
without any data encryption or authentication.
See the following sections for more details about this field.
Generate password
automatically
Select this option to have the Zyxel Device automatically generate a password. The
password field will not be configurable when you select this option.
Table 32 Network Setting > Wireless > More AP Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
108
7.5 MAC Authentication
Use this screen to give exclusive access to specific devices (Allow) or exclude specific devices from
accessing the Zyxel Device (Deny), based on the MAC address of each device. Every Ethernet device
has a unique factory-assigned MAC (Media Access Control) address, which consists of six pairs of
hexadecimal characters, for example: 00:A0:C5:00:00:02. You need to know the MAC addresses of the
device you want to allow/deny to configure this screen.
Password Select Generate password automatically or enter a Password.
The password has two uses.
1. Manual. Manually enter the same password on the Zyxel Device and the client.
Enter 8-63 ASCII characters or exactly 64 hexadecimal (‘0-9’, ‘a-f’) characters.
2. WPS. When using WPS, the Zyxel Device sends this password to the client.
Note: Enter 8-63 ASCII characters only. 64 hexadecimal characters are not
accepted for WPS.
Click the Eye icon to show or hide the password for your wireless network. When the
Eye icon is slashed , you’ll see the password in plain text. Otherwise, it’s hidden.
more... Click this to show more fields in this section. Click this to hide them.
Encryption AES is the default data encryption type, which uses a 128-bit key.
Timer This is the rate at which the RADIUS server sends a new group key out to all clients.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 32 Network Setting > Wireless > More AP Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
109
Use this screen to view your Zyxel Device’s MAC filter settings and add new MAC filter rules. Click
Network Setting > Wireless > MAC Authentication. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 75 Network Setting> Wireless > MAC Authentication
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 33 Network Setting> Wireless > MAC Authentication
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General
SSID Select the SSID for which you want to configure MAC filter settings.
MAC Restrict
Mode
Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the M AC Address table.
Select Disable to turn off MAC filtering.
Select Deny to block access to the Zyxel Device. MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to
access the Zyxel Device.
Select Allow to permit access to the Zyxel Device. MAC addresses not listed will be denied
access to the Zyxel Device.
MAC address List
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
110
7.6 WPS
Use this screen to configure WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) on your Zyxel Device.
WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security, without
having to configure security settings manually. Select one of the WPS methods and follow the
instructions to establish a WPS connection.Your devices must support WPS to use this feature. We
recommend using Push Button Configuration (PBC) if your device supports it. See Section 7.11.7.3 on
page 126 for more information about WPS.
Note: The Zyxel Device applies the security settings of the main SSID (SSID1) profile to the WPS
wireless connection(see Section 7.2.2 on page 103).
Note: The WPS switch is unavailable if the wireless LAN is disabled.
If WPS is enabled, UPnP will automatically be turned on.
Click Network Setting > Wireless > WPS . The following screen displays. Click this switch and it will turn blue.
Click Apply to activate the WPS function. Then you can configure the WPS settings in this screen.
Add new MAC
address
This field is available when you select Deny or Allow in the MAC Restrict Mode field.
Click this if you want to add a new MAC address entry to the MAC filter list below.
Enter the MAC addresses of the WiFi devices that are allowed or denied access to the Zyxel
Device in these address fields. Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format, that is,
six hexadecimal character pairs, for example, 12:34:56:78:9a:bc.
Figure 76 Add New MAC Address
#This is the index number of the entry.
MAC Address This is the MAC addresses of the WiFi devices that are allowed or denied access to the Zyxel
Device.
Modify Click the Edit icon and type the MAC address of the peer device in a valid MAC address format
(six hexadecimal character pairs, for example 12:34:56:78:9a:bc).
Click the Delete icon to delete the entry.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 33 Network Setting> Wireless > MAC Authentication (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
111
Figure 77 Network Setting > Wireless > WPS
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 34 Network Setting > Wireless > WPS
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General
WPS Click to enable ( ) and have the Zyxel Device activate WPS. Otherwise, it is disabled.
Add a new device with WPS Method
Method 1 PBC Use this section to set up a WPS WiFi network using Push Button Configuration (PBC). Click this
switch to make it turn blue. Click Apply to activate WPS method 1 on the Zyxel Device.
WPS Click this button to add another WPS-enabled WiFi device (within WiFi range of the Zyxel
Device) to your WiFi network. This button may either be a physical button on the outside of a
device, or a menu button similar to the WPS button on this screen.
Note: You must press the other WiFi device’s WPS button within two minutes of
pressing this button.
Method 2 PIN Use this section to set up a WPS WiFi network by entering the PIN of the client into the Zyxel
Device. Click this switch to make it turn blue. Click Apply to activate WPS method 2 on the Zyxel
Device.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
112
7.7 WMM
Use this screen to enable WiFi MultiMedia (WMM) and WMM Automatic Power Save (APSD) in wireless
networks for multimedia applications. WMM enhances data transmission quality, while APSD improves
power management of wireless clients. This allows delay-sensitive applications, such as voice and
videos, to run more smoothly.
Click Network Setting > Wireless > WMM to display the following screen.
Figure 78 Network Setting > Wireless > WMM
Note: WMM cannot be disabled if 802.11 mode includes 802.11n or 802.11ac.
Register Enter the PIN of the device that you are setting up a WPS connection with and click Register to
authenticate and add the WiFi device to your WiFi network.
You can find the PIN either on the outside of the device, or by checking the device’s settings.
Note: You must also activate WPS on that device within two minutes to have it
present its PIN to the Zyxel Device.
Method 3 Use this section to set up a WPS WiFi network by entering the PIN of the Zyxel Device into the
client. Click this switch to make it turn blue. Click Apply to activate WPS method 3 on the Zyxel
Device.
Release
Configuration The default WPS status is configured.
Click this button to remove all configured WiFi and WiFi security settings for WPS connections on
the Zyxel Device.
Generate
New PIN If this method has been enabled, the PIN (Personal Identification Number) of the Zyxel Device is
shown here. Enter this PIN in the configuration utility of the device you want to connect to using
WPS.
The PIN is not necessary when you use the WPS push-button method.
Click the Generate New PIN button to have the Zyxel Device create a new PIN.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 34 Network Setting > Wireless > WPS (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
113
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
7.8 Others Screen
Use this screen to configure advanced wireless settings, such as additional security settings, power
saving, and data transmission settings. Click Network Setting > Wireless > Others. The screen appears as
shown.
See Section 7.11.2 on page 120 for detailed definitions of the terms listed here.
Figure 79 Network Setting > Wireless > Others
Table 35 Network Setting > Wireless > WMM
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WMM of SSID1~4 Select On to have the Zyxel Device automatically give the WiFi network (SSIDx) a priority level
according to the ToS value in the IP header of packets it sends. WMM QoS (WiFi MultiMedia
Quality of Service) gives high priority to video, which makes them run more smoothly.
If the 802.11 Mode in Network Setting > Wireless > Others is set to include 802.11n or 802.11ac,
WMM cannot be disabled.
WMM
Automatic
Power Save
Delivery (APSD)
Select this option to extend the battery life of your mobile devices (especially useful for small
devices that are running multimedia applications). The Zyxel Device goes to sleep mode to save
power when it is not transmitting data. The AP buffers the packets sent to the Zyxel Device until
the Zyxel Device "wakes up." The Zyxel Device wakes up periodically to check for incoming
data.
Note: This works only if the WiFi device to which the Zyxel Device is connected also
supports this feature.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
114
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 36 Network Setting > Wireless > Others
LABEL DESCRIPTION
RTS/CTS
Threshold
Data with its frame size larger than this value will perform the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear
To Send) handshake.
Enter a value between 0 and 2347.
Fragmentation
Threshold
This is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent. Enter a value between 256 and 2346.
Output Power Set the output power of the Zyxel Device. If there is a high density of APs in an area, decrease
the output power to reduce interference with other APs. Select one of the following: 20%, 40%,
60%, 80% or 100%.
Beacon Interval When a wirelessly networked device sends a beacon, it includes with it a beacon interval. This
specifies the time period before the device sends the beacon again.
The interval tells receiving devices on the network how long they can wait in low power mode
before waking up to handle the beacon. This value can be set from 50ms to 1000ms. A high
value helps save current consumption of the access point.
DTIM Interval Delivery Traffic Indication Message (DTIM) is the time period after which broadcast and
multicast packets are transmitted to mobile clients in the Power Saving mode. A high DTIM
value can cause clients to lose connectivity with the network. This value can be set from 1 to
255.
802.11 Mode For 2.4GHz frequency WLAN devices:
•Select 802.11b Only to allow only IEEE 802.11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with
the Zyxel Device.
•Select 802.11g Only to allow only IEEE 802.11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with
the Zyxel Device.
•Select 802.11n Only to allow only IEEE 802.11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with
the Zyxel Device.
•Select 802.11 b /g M i xed to allow either IEEE 802.11b or IEEE 802.11g compliant WLAN
devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. The transmission rate of your Zyxel Device might
be reduced.
•Select 802.11b/g/n Mixed to allow IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g or IEEE802.11n compliant
WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. The transmission rate of your Zyxel Device
might be reduced.
For 5GHz frequency WLAN devices:
•Select 802.11a Only to allow only IEEE 802.11a compliant WLAN devices to associate with
the Zyxel Device.
•Select 802.11n Only to allow only IEEE 802.11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with
the Zyxel Device.
•Select 802.11ac Only to allow only IEEE 802.11ac compliant WLAN devices to associate with
the Zyxel Device.
•Select 802.11a/n Mixed to allow either IEEE 802.11a or IEEE 802.11n compliant WLAN devices
to associate with the Zyxel Device. The transmission rate of your Zyxel Device might be
reduced.
•Select 802.11n/ac Mixed to allow either IEEE 802.11n or IEEE 802.11ac compliant WLAN
devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. The transmission rate of your Zyxel Device might
be reduced.
•Select 802.11a/n/ac Mixed to allow IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11n or IEEE802.11ac compliant
WLAN devices to associate with the Zyxel Device. The transmission rate of your Zyxel Device
might be reduced.
802.11 Protection Enabling this feature can help prevent collisions in mixed-mode networks (networks with both
IEEE 802.11b and IEEE 802.11g traffic).
Select Auto to have the wireless devices transmit data after a RTS/CTS handshake. This helps
improve IEEE 802.11g performance.
Select Off to disable 802.11 protection. The transmission rate of your Zyxel Device might be
reduced in a mixed-mode network.
This field displays Off and is not configurable when you set 802.11 Mode to 802.11b Only.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
115
7.9 WLAN Scheduler
Use the WLAN Scheduler screen to create rules to schedule the times to permit Internet traffic from each
wireless network interfaces. Select a specific time and day of a week for scheduling. You can also
create a rule to automatically switch off all the WLAN together.
Click Network Setting > Wireless > WLAN Scheduler.
Figure 80 Network Setting > Wireless > WLAN Scheduler
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Preamble Select a preamble type from the drop-down list box. Choices are Long or Short. See Section
7.11.6 on page 123 for more information.
This field is configurable only when you set 802.11 Mode to 802.11b.
Protected
Management
Frames
WiFi with Protected Management Frames (PMF) provides protection for unicast and multicast
management action frames. Unicast management action frames are protected from both
eavesdropping and forging, and multicast management action frames are protected from
forging. Select Capable if the WiFi client supports PMF, then the management frames will be
encrypted. Select Required to force the WiFi client to support PMF; otherwise the
authentication cannot be performed by the Zyxel Device. Otherwise, select Disabled.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 36 Network Setting > Wireless > Others (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Table 37 Network Setting > Wireless > WLAN Scheduler
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WLAN Scheduler
Access
Click this switch to enable the WLAN scheduler function. This serves as the main switch to
allow the individual rules to function. When the switch turns blue , the function is enabled.
Otherwise, it’s not.
Add New Rule Click this to configure a new WLAN scheduler rule.
# This is the index number of the entry.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
116
Note: If you enable a rule for a specific SSID, you will not be able to connect to other wireless
networks.
7.9.1 Add/Edit Rules
Click Add New Rule in the WLAN Scheduler screen, or click the Edit icon next to a scheduling rule, and
the following screen displays.
Use this screen to create a scheduling rule to permit Internet traffic from each wireless network interface.
Figure 81 Network Setting > Wireless > WLAN Scheduler > Add New Rule
Active Click the check box to enable individual rules.
Note: Make sure to enable the WLAN Scheduler Access switch for the individual
rules to work.
Rule Name This field displays the name of the rule.
SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the wireless network interface that this rule applies
to. Will show ALL WLAN if you select All wireless networks in the Add New Rule screen.
Day This field displays the day(s) of the week that you wish to apply this rule.
Time This field displays the time of the day that you wish to apply this rule.
Description This field shows a description of the rule, usually to help identify it.
Modify Click the Edit icon to configure the rule.
Click the Delete icon to remove the rule.
Table 37 Network Setting > Wireless > WLAN Scheduler (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
117
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
7.10 Channel Status
Use this screen to scan for wireless LAN channel noises and view the results. Click Scan to start, and then
view the results in the Channel Scan Result section. The value on each channel number indicates the
number of Access Points (AP) using that channel. The Auto-channel-selection algorithm does not always
directly follow the AP count; other factors about the channels are also considered. Click Network Setting
> Wireless > Channel Status. The screen appears as shown. Click Scan to scan wireless LAN channels.
You can view the results in Channel Status screen.
Table 38 Network Setting > Wireless > WLAN Schedule > Add New Rule
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Slide the switch to the right ( )to enable this WLAN scheduler rule.
SSID Select All wireless networks if you want the rule to apply to all wireless network interfaces or
select a wireless network interface to apply the rule to.
Rule Name Enter a descriptive name for the rule.
Day Select the day(s) of the week that you wish to apply this rule.
Time of Day Range Specify the time of the day that you wish to apply to this rule (format hh:mm).
Note: Click the check box for All day if you wish to apply the rule for the whole day
(24 hours).
Description Enter a description of the rule, usually to help identify it (its purpose).
OK Click OK to save the changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to close the window with changes unsaved.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
118
Figure 82 Network Setting > Wireless > Channel Status
7.11 Technical Reference
This section discusses wireless LANs in depth.
7.11.1 WiFi Network Overview
WiFi networks consist of WiFi clients, access points and bridges.
• A WiFi client is a radio connected to a user’s computer.
• An access point is a radio with a wired connection to a network, which can connect with numerous
WiFi clients and let them access the network.
• A bridge is a radio that relays communications between access points and WiFi clients, extending a
network’s range.
Normally, a WiFi network operates in an “infrastructure” type of network. An “infrastructure” type of
network has one or more access points and one or more WiFi clients. The WiFi clients connect to the
access points.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
119
The following figure provides an example of a WiFi network.
Figure 83 Example of a WiFi Network
The WiFi network is the part in the blue circle. In this WiFi network, devices A and B use the access point
(AP) to interact with the other devices (such as the printer) or with the Internet. Your Zyxel Device is the
AP.
Every WiFi network must follow these basic guidelines.
• Every device in the same WiFi network must use the same SSID.
The SSID is the name of the WiFi network. It stands for Service Set IDentifier.
• If two WiFi networks overlap, they should use a different channel.
Like radio stations or television channels, each WiFi network uses a specific channel, or frequency, to
send and receive information.
• Every device in the same WiFi network must use security compatible with the AP.
Security stops unauthorized devices from using the WiFi network. It can also protect the information
that is sent in the WiFi network.
Radio Channels
In the radio spectrum, there are certain frequency bands allocated for unlicensed, civilian use. For the
purposes of WiFi networking, these bands are divided into numerous channels. This allows a variety of
networks to exist in the same place without interfering with one another. When you create a network,
you must select a channel to use.
Since the available unlicensed spectrum varies from one country to another, the number of available
channels also varies.
LTE
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
120
7.11.2 Additional Wireless Terms
The following table describes some WiFi network terms and acronyms used in the Zyxel Device’s Web
Configurator.
7.11.3 WiFi Security Overview
By their nature, radio communications are simple to intercept. For WiFi data networks, this means that
anyone within range of a WiFi network without security can not only read the data passing over the
airwaves, but also join the network. Once an unauthorized person has access to the network, he or she
can steal information or introduce malware (malicious software) intended to compromise the network.
For these reasons, a variety of security systems have been developed to ensure that only authorized
people can use a WiFi data network, or understand the data carried on it.
These security standards do two things. First, they authenticate. This means that only people presenting
the right credentials (often a username and password, or a “key” phrase) can access the network.
Second, they encrypt. This means that the information sent over the air is encoded. Only people with
the code key can understand the information, and only people who have been authenticated are
given the code key.
These security standards vary in effectiveness. Some can be broken, such as the old Wired Equivalent
Protocol (WEP). Using WEP is better than using no security at all, but it will not keep a determined
attacker out. Other security standards are secure in themselves but can be broken if a user does not use
them properly. For example, the WPA-PSK security standard is very secure if you use a long key which is
difficult for an attacker’s software to guess - for example, a twenty-letter long string of apparently
random numbers and letters - but it is not very secure if you use a short key which is very easy to guess -
for example, a three-letter word from the dictionary.
Because of the damage that can be done by a malicious attacker, it’s not just people who have
sensitive information on their network who should use security. Everybody who uses any WiFi network
should ensure that effective security is in place.
A good way to come up with effective security keys, passwords and so on is to use obscure information
that you personally will easily remember, and to enter it in a way that appears random and does not
include real words. For example, if your mother owns a 1970 Dodge Challenger and her favorite movie is
Table 39 Additional WiFi Terms
TERM DESCRIPTION
RTS/CTS Threshold In a WiFi network which covers a large area, WiFi devices are sometimes not aware of
each other’s presence. This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same
time and result in information colliding and not getting through.
By setting this value lower than the default value, the WiFi devices must sometimes get
permission to send information to the Zyxel Device. The lower the value, the more often
the devices must get permission.
If this value is greater than the fragmentation threshold value (see below), then WiFi
devices never have to get permission to send information to the Zyxel Device.
Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your WiFi network. There are two preamble modes: long
and short. If a device uses a different preamble mode than the Zyxel Device does, it
cannot communicate with the Zyxel Device.
Authentication The process of verifying whether a WiFi device is allowed to use the WiFi network.
Fragmentation
Threshold
A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks, while a larger
threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
121
Vanishing Point (which you know was made in 1971) you could use “70dodchal71vanpoi” as your
security key.
The following sections introduce different types of WiFi security you can set up in the WiFi network.
7.11.3.1 SSID
Normally, the Zyxel Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area. You can
hide the SSID instead, in which case the Zyxel Device does not broadcast the SSID. In addition, you
should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess.
This type of security is fairly weak, however, because there are ways for unauthorized WiFi devices to get
the SSID. In addition, unauthorized WiFi devices can still see the information that is sent in the WiFi
network.
7.11.3.2 MAC Address Filter
Every device that can use a WiFi network has a unique identification number, called a MAC address.1 A
MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters2; for example, 00A0C5000002 or
00:A0:C5:00:00:02. To get the MAC address for each device in the WiFi network, see the device’s User’s
Guide or other documentation.
You can use the MAC address filter to tell the Zyxel Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to
use the WiFi network. If a device is allowed to use the WiFi network, it still has to have the correct
information (SSID, channel, and security). If a device is not allowed to use the WiFi network, it does not
matter if it has the correct information.
This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the WiFi network. Furthermore, there
are ways for unauthorized WiFi devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device. Then, they can
use that MAC address to use the WiFi network.
7.11.3.3 User Authentication
Authentication is the process of verifying whether a WiFi device is allowed to use the WiFi network. You
can make every user log in to the WiFi network before using it. However, every device in the WiFi
network has to support IEEE 802.1x to do this.
For WiFi networks, you can store the user names and passwords for each user in a RADIUS server. This is a
server used in businesses more than in homes. If you do not have a RADIUS server, you cannot set up user
names and passwords for your users.
Unauthorized WiFi devices can still see the information that is sent in the WiFi network, even if they
cannot use the WiFi network. Furthermore, there are ways for unauthorized WiFi users to get a valid user
name and password. Then, they can use that user name and password to use the WiFi network.
7.11.3.4 Encryption
WiFi networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the WiFi network. Encryption is
like a secret code. If you do not know the secret code, you cannot understand the message.
1. Some wireless devices, such as scanners, can detect WiFi networks but cannot use WiFi networks. These kinds
of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses.
2. Hexadecimal characters are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E, and F.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
122
The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication. (See Section 7.11.3.3 on
page 121 for information about this.)
For example, if the WiFi network has a RADIUS server, you can choose WPA or WPA2. If users do not log in
to the WiFi network, you can choose no encryption, WPA-PSK, or WPA2-PSK.
Note: It is recommended that WiFi networks use WPA-PSK, WPA, or stronger encryption. The
other types of encryption are better than none at all, but it is still possible for
unauthorized WiFi devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly.
Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the WiFi network. The longer the key,
the stronger the encryption. Every device in the WiFi network must have the same key.
7.11.4 Signal Problems
Because WiFi networks are radio networks, their signals are subject to limitations of distance, interference
and absorption.
Problems with distance occur when the two radios are too far apart. Problems with interference occur
when other radio waves interrupt the data signal. Interference may come from other radio
transmissions, such as military or air traffic control communications, or from machines that are
coincidental emitters such as electric motors or microwaves. Problems with absorption occur when
physical objects (such as thick walls) are between the two radios, muffling the signal.
7.11.5 BSS
A Basic Service Set (BSS) exists when all communications between wireless stations go through one
access point (AP).
Intra-BSS traffic is traffic between wireless stations in the BSS. When Intra-BSS traffic blocking is disabled,
wireless station A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other. When Intra-
BSS traffic blocking is enabled, wireless station A and B can still access the wired network but cannot
communicate with each other.
Table 40 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication
NO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVER
Weakest No Security WPA
WPA2
WPA-PSK
Strongest WPA2-PSK
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
123
Figure 84 Basic Service Set
7.11.6 Preamble Type
Preamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver. Short and long refer to the length of the
synchronization field in a packet.
Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending
data. All IEEE 802.11 compliant wireless adapters support long preamble, but not all support short
preamble.
Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode other WiFi devices on the network support,
and to provide more reliable communications in busy WiFi networks.
Use short preamble if you are sure all WiFi devices on the network support it, and to provide more
efficient communications.
Use the dynamic setting to automatically use short preamble when all WiFi devices on the network
support it, otherwise the Zyxel Device uses long preamble.
Note: The WiFi devices MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate.
7.11.7 WiFi Protected Setup (WPS)
Your Zyxel Device supports WiFi Protected Setup (WPS), which is an easy way to set up a secure WiFi
network. WPS is an industry standard specification, defined by the WiFi Alliance.
LTE
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
124
WPS allows you to quickly set up a WiFi network with strong security, without having to configure security
settings manually. Each WPS connection works between two devices. Both devices must support WPS
(check each device’s documentation to make sure).
Depending on the devices you have, you can either press a button (on the device itself, or in its
configuration utility) or enter a PIN (a unique Personal Identification Number that allows one device to
authenticate the other) in each of the two devices. When WPS is activated on a device, it has two
minutes to find another device that also has WPS activated. Then, the two devices connect and set up
a secure network by themselves.
7.11.7.1 Push Button Configuration
WPS Push Button Configuration (PBC) is initiated by pressing a button on each WPS-enabled device, and
allowing them to connect automatically. You do not need to enter any information.
Not every WPS-enabled device has a physical WPS button. Some may have a WPS PBC button in their
configuration utilities instead of or in addition to the physical button.
Take the following steps to set up WPS using the button.
1Ensure that the two devices you want to set up are within wireless range of one another.
2Look for a WPS button on each device. If the device does not have one, log into its configuration utility
and locate the button (see the device’s User’s Guide for how to do this - for the Zyxel Device, see
Section 7.6 on page 110).
3Press the button on one of the devices (it doesn’t matter which). For the Zyxel Device you must press the
WiFi button for more than five seconds.
4Within two minutes, press the button on the other device. The registrar sends the network name (SSID)
and security key through a secure connection to the enrollee.
If you need to make sure that WPS worked, check the list of associated WiFi clients in the AP’s
configuration utility. If you see the WiFi client in the list, WPS was successful.
7.11.7.2 PIN Configuration
Each WPS-enabled device has its own PIN (Personal Identification Number). This may either be static (it
cannot be changed) or dynamic (in some devices you can generate a new PIN by clicking on a button
in the configuration interface).
Use the PIN method instead of the push-button configuration (PBC) method if you want to ensure that
the connection is established between the devices you specify, not just the first two devices to activate
WPS in range of each other. However, you need to log into the configuration interfaces of both devices
to use the PIN method.
When you use the PIN method, you must enter the PIN from one device (usually the WiFi client) into the
second device (usually the Access Point or wireless router). Then, when WPS is activated on the first
device, it presents its PIN to the second device. If the PIN matches, one device sends the network and
security information to the other, allowing it to join the network.
Take the following steps to set up a WPS connection between an access point or wireless router
(referred to here as the AP) and a client device using the PIN method.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
125
1Ensure WPS is enabled on both devices.
2Access the WPS section of the AP’s configuration interface. See the device’s User’s Guide on how to do
this.
3Look for the client’s WPS PIN; it will be displayed either on the device, or in the WPS section of the client’s
configuration interface (see the device’s User’s Guide on how to find the WPS PIN - for the Zyxel Device,
see Section 7.6 on page 110).
4Enter the client’s PIN in the AP’s configuration interface.
5If the client device’s configuration interface has an area for entering another device’s PIN, you can
either enter the client’s PIN in the AP, or enter the AP’s PIN in the client - it does not matter which.
6Start WPS on both devices within two minutes.
7Use the configuration utility to activate WPS, not the push-button on the device itself.
8On a computer connected to the WiFi client, try to connect to the Internet. If you can connect, WPS
was successful.
If you cannot connect, check the list of associated WiFi clients in the AP’s configuration utility. If you see
the WiFi client in the list, WPS was successful.
The following figure shows a WPS-enabled WiFi client (installed in a notebook computer) connecting to
the WPS-enabled AP via the PIN method.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
126
Figure 85 Example WPS Process: PIN Method
7.11.7.3 How WPS Works
When two WPS-enabled devices connect, each device must assume a specific role. One device acts
as the registrar (the device that supplies network and security settings) and the other device acts as the
enrollee (the device that receives network and security settings. The registrar creates a secure EAP
(Extensible Authentication Protocol) tunnel and sends the network name (SSID) and the WPA-PSK or
WPA2-PSK pre-shared key to the enrollee. Whether WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK is used depends on the
standards supported by the devices. If the registrar is already part of a network, it sends the existing
information. If not, it generates the SSID and WPA(2)-PSK randomly.
The following figure shows a WPS-enabled client (installed in a notebook computer) connecting to a
WPS-enabled access point.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
127
Figure 86 How WPS works
The roles of registrar and enrollee last only as long as the WPS setup process is active (two minutes). The
next time you use WPS, a different device can be the registrar if necessary.
The WPS connection process is like a handshake; only two devices participate in each WPS transaction.
If you want to add more devices you should repeat the process with one of the existing networked
devices and the new device.
Note that the access point (AP) is not always the registrar, and the WiFi client is not always the enrollee.
All WPS-certified APs can be a registrar, and so can some WPS-enabled WiFi clients.
By default, a WPS device is ‘unconfigured’. This means that it is not part of an existing network and can
act as either enrollee or registrar (if it supports both functions). If the registrar is unconfigured, the security
settings it transmits to the enrollee are randomly-generated. Once a WPS-enabled device has
connected to another device using WPS, it becomes ‘configured’. A configured WiFi client can still act
as enrollee or registrar in subsequent WPS connections, but a configured access point can no longer act
as enrollee. It will be the registrar in all subsequent WPS connections in which it is involved. If you want a
configured AP to act as an enrollee, you must reset it to its factory defaults.
7.11.7.4 Example WPS Network Setup
This section shows how security settings are distributed in a sample WPS setup.
The following figure shows a sample network. In step 1, both AP1 and Client 1 are unconfigured. When
WPS is activated on both, they perform the handshake. In this example, AP1 is the registrar, and Client 1
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
128
is the enrollee. The registrar randomly generates the security information to set up the network, since it is
unconfigured and has no existing information.
Figure 87 WPS: Example Network Step 1
In step 2, you add another WiFi client to the network. You know that Client 1 supports registrar mode, but
it is better to use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new client since you must connect to the access
point anyway in order to use the network. In this case, AP1 must be the registrar, since it is configured (it
already has security information for the network). AP1 supplies the existing security information to Client
2.
Figure 88 WPS: Example Network Step 2
In step 3, you add another access point (AP2) to your network. AP2 is out of range of AP1, so you cannot
use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new access point. However, you know that Client 2 supports
the registrar function, so you use it to perform the WPS handshake instead.
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
129
Figure 89 WPS: Example Network Step 3
7.11.7.5 Limitations of WPS
WPS has some limitations of which you should be aware.
• When you use WPS, it works between two devices only. You cannot enroll multiple devices
simultaneously, you must enroll one after the other.
For instance, if you have two enrollees and one registrar you must set up the first enrollee (by pressing
the WPS button on the registrar and the first enrollee, for example), then check that it was successfully
enrolled, then set up the second device in the same way.
• WPS works only with other WPS-enabled devices. However, you can still add non-WPS devices to a
network you already set up using WPS.
WPS works by automatically issuing a randomly-generated WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK pre-shared key
from the registrar device to the enrollee devices. Whether the network uses WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK
depends on the device. You can check the configuration interface of the registrar device to discover
the key the network is using (if the device supports this feature). Then, you can enter the key into the
non-WPS device and join the network as normal (the non-WPS device must also support WPA-PSK or
WPA2-PSK).
• When you use the PBC method, there is a short period (from the moment you press the button on one
device to the moment you press the button on the other device) when any WPS-enabled device
could join the network. This is because the registrar has no way of identifying the ‘correct’ enrollee,
and cannot differentiate between your enrollee and a rogue device. This is a possible way for a
hacker to gain access to a network.
You can easily check to see if this has happened. WPS only works simultaneously between two
devices, so if another device has enrolled your device will be unable to enroll, and will not have
access to the network. If this happens, open the access point’s configuration interface and look at
the list of associated clients (usually displayed by MAC address). It does not matter if the access point
Chapter 7 Wireless
LTE Series User’s Guide
130
is the WPS registrar, the enrollee, or was not involved in the WPS handshake; a rogue device must still
associate with the access point to gain access to the network. Check the MAC addresses of your WiFi
clients (usually printed on a label on the bottom of the device). If there is an unknown MAC address
you can remove it or reset the AP.
LTE Series User’s Guide
131
CHAPTER 8
Home Networking
8.1 Overview
A Local Area Network (LAN) is a shared communication system to which many computers are
attached. A LAN is usually located in one immediate area such as a building or floor of a building.
The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses.
8.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the LAN Setup screen to set the LAN IP address, subnet mask, and DHCP settings (Section 8.2 on
page 132).
• Use the Static DHCP screen to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based
on their MAC addresses (Section 8.3 on page 136).
• Use the UPnP screen to enable UPnP (Section 8.4 on page 138).
8.1.2 What You Need To Know
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
8.1.2.1 About LAN
IP Address
Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name, so too do computers on a LAN share
one common network number. This is known as an Internet Protocol address.
Subnet Mask
The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your Zyxel Device will compute
the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered. You do not need to change
the subnet mask computed by the Zyxel Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
132
DHCP
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) allows clients to obtain TCP/IP configuration at start-up
from a server. This Zyxel Device has a built-in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS
servers to systems that support DHCP client capability.
DNS
DNS (Domain Name System) maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa. The
DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a computer
before you can access it. The DNS server addresses you enter when you set up DHCP are passed to the
client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask.
8.1.2.2 About UPnP
How do I know if I'm using UPnP?
UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder (Windows 7). Each UPnP
compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon. Selecting the icon of a
UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device.
Cautions with UPnP
The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening
firewall ports may present network security issues. Network information and configuration may also be
obtained and modified by users in some network environments.
When a UPnP device joins a network, it announces its presence with a multicast message. For security
reasons, the Zyxel Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only.
All UPnP-enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration.
Disable UPnP if this is not your intention.
UPnP and Zyxel
Zyxel has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP™ Implementers
Corp. (UIC). Zyxel's UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device (IGD) 1.0.
See Section 8.6 on page 140 for examples on installing and using UPnP.
8.2 LAN Setup
A LAN IP address is the IP address of a networking device in the LAN. You can use the Zyxel Device's LAN
IP address to access its Web Configurator from the LAN. The DHCP server settings define the rules on
assigning IP addresses to LAN clients on your network.
Use this screen to set the Local Area Network IP address and subnet mask of your Zyxel Device.
Configure DHCP settings to have the Zyxel Device or a DHCP server assign IP addresses to devices. Click
Network Setting > Home Networking to open the LAN Setup screen.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
133
Figure 90 Network Setting > Home Networking > LAN Setup
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
134
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 41 Network Setting > Home Networking > LAN Setup
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Interface Group
Group Name This displays the name of the group that your Zyxel Device belongs to.
LAN IP Setup
IP Address Enter the LAN IP address you want to assign to your Zyxel Device in dotted decimal notation,
for example, 192.168.1.1 (factory default).
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation, for example 255.255.255.0
(factory default). Your Zyxel Device automatically computes the subnet mask based on the
IP address you enter, so do not change this field unless you are instructed to do so.
DHCP Server State
DHCP Select Enable to have your Zyxel Device assign IP addresses, an IP default gateway and DNS
servers to LAN computers and other devices that are DHCP clients.
If you select Disable, you need to manually configure the IP addresses of the computers and
other devices on your LAN.
If you select DHCP Relay, the Zyxel Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP
requests and responses between the remote server and the clients.
When DHCP is used, the following fields need to be set:
IP Addressing Values
Beginning IP
Address
This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool.
Ending IP Address This field specifies the last of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool.
Auto reserve IP for
the same host
Enable this if you want to reserve the IP address for the same host.
DHCP Server Lease Time
Days/Hours/Minutes DHCP server leases an address to a new device for a period of time, called the DHCP lease
time. When the lease expires, the DHCP server might assign the IP address to a different
device.
DNS Values
DNS The Zyxel Device supports DNS proxy by default. The Zyxel Device sends out its own LAN IP
address to the DHCP clients as the first DNS server address. DHCP clients use this first DNS
server to send domain-name queries to the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device sends a response
directly if it has a record of the domain-name to IP address mapping. If it does not, the Zyxel
Device queries an outside DNS server and relays the response to the DHCP client.
Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information (and the Zyxel Device's
WAN IP address).
Select Static if you have the IP address of a DNS server. Enter the DNS server's IP address in
the field to the right.
Select DNS Proxy to have the DHCP clients use the Zyxel Device’s own LAN IP address. The
Zyxel Device works as a DNS relay.
LAN IPv6 Mode Setup
IPv6 Active Use this field to Enable or Disable IPv6 activation on the Zyxel Device.
When IPv6 activation is used, the following fields need to be set:
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
135
Link Local Address
Type
A link-local address uniquely identifies a device on the local network (the LAN). It is similar to
a “private IP address” in IPv6. You can have the same link-local address on multiple
interfaces on a device. A link-local unicast address has a predefined prefix of fe80::/10. The
link-local unicast address format is as follows. Select EUI64 to allow the Zyxel Device to
generate an interface ID for the LAN interface’s link-local address using the EUI-64 format.
Otherwise, enter an interface ID for the LAN interface’s link-local address if you select
Manual.
LAN Global
Identifier Type
Select EUI64 to have the Zyxel Device generate an interface ID using the EUI-64 format for its
global address. Select Manual to manually enter an interface ID for the LAN interface’s
global IPv6 address.
LAN IPv6 Prefix
Setup
Select Delegate prefix from WAN to automatically obtain an IPv6 network prefix from the
service provider or an uplink router. Select Static to configure a fixed IPv6 address for the
Zyxel Device’s LAN IPv6 address.
LAN IPv6 Address
Assign Setup
Select how you want to obtain an IPv6 address:
Stateless: The Zyxel Device uses IPv6 stateless autoconfiguration. RADVD (Router
Advertisement Daemon) is enabled to have the Zyxel Device send IPv6 prefix information in
router advertisements periodically and in response to router solicitations. DHCPv6 server is
disabled.
Stateful: The Zyxel Device uses IPv6 stateful autoconfiguration. The DHCPv6 server is enabled
to have the Zyxel Device act as a DHCPv6 server and pass IPv6 addresses to DHCPv6 clients.
LAN IPv6 DNS Assign
Setup
Select how the Zyxel Device provide DNS server and domain name information to the
clients:
From Router Advertisement: The Zyxel Device provides DNS information through router
advertisements.
From DHCPv6 Server: The Zyxel Device provides DNS information through DHCPv6.
From RA & DHCPv6 Server: The Zyxel Device provides DNS information through both router
advertisements and DHCPv6.
DHCPv6
Configuration
DHCPv6 Active shows the status of the DHCPv6. DHCPv6 S erver displays if you configured the
Zyxel Device to act as a DHCPv6 server which assigns IPv6 addresses and/or DNS information
to clients.
IPv6 Router
Advertisement State
RADVD Active shows whether RADVD is enabled or not.
IPv6 DNS Values
IPv6 DNS Server
1~3 Specify the IP addresses up to three DNS servers for the DHCP clients to use. Use one of the
following ways to specify these IP addresses.
User Defined - Select this if you have the IPv6 address of a DNS server. Enter the DNS server
IPv6 addresses the Zyxel Device passes to the DHCP clients.
From ISP - Select this if your ISP dynamically assigns IPv6 DNS server information.
Proxy - Select this if the DHCP clients use the IP address of this interface and the Zyxel Device
works as a DNS relay.
Otherwise, select None if you do not want to configure IPv6 DNS servers.
Table 41 Network Setting > Home Networking > LAN Setup (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
136
8.3 Static DHCP
When any of the LAN clients in your network want an assigned fixed IP address, add a static lease for
each LAN client. Knowing the LAN client’s MAC addresses is necessary. This table allows you to assign IP
addresses on the LAN to individual computers based on their MAC addresses.
Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address is assigned
at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example, 00:A0:C5:00:00:02.
8.3.1 Before You Begin
Find out the MAC addresses of your network devices if you intend to add them to the Static DHCP
screen.
Use this screen to change your Zyxel Device’s static DHCP settings. Click Network Setting > Home
Networking > Static DHCP to open the following screen.
Figure 91 Network Setting > Home Networking > Static DHCP
DNS Query Scenario Select how the Zyxel Device handles clients’ DNS information requests.
IPv4/IPv6 DNS Server: The Zyxel Device forwards the requests to both the IPv4 and IPv6 DNS
servers and sends clients the first DNS information it receives.
IPv6 DNS Server Only: The Zyxel Device forwards the requests to the IPv6 DNS server and
sends clients the DNS information it receives.
IPv4 DNS Server Only: The Zyxel Device forwards the requests to the IPv4 DNS server and
sends clients the DNS information it receives.
IPv6 DNS Server First: The Zyxel Device forwards the requests to the IPv6 DNS server first and
then the IPv4 DNS server. Then it sends clients the first DNS information it receives.
IPv4 DNS Server First: The Zyxel Device forwards the requests to the IPv4 DNS server first and
then the IPv6 DNS server. Then it sends clients the first DNS information it receives.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Table 41 Network Setting > Home Networking > LAN Setup (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
137
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
If you click Static DHCP Configuration in the Static DHCP screen, the following screen displays.
Figure 92 Static DHCP: Static DHCP Configuration
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 42 Network Setting > Home Networking > Static DHCP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Static DHCP
Configuration
Click this to configure a static DHCP entry.
# This is the index number of the entry.
Status Active
MAC Address The MAC (Media Access Control) or Ethernet address on a LAN (Local Area Network) is
unique to your computer (six pairs of hexadecimal notation).
A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is
assigned at the factory. This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other
adapter has a similar address.
IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the # field listed above.
Modify Click the Edit icon to configure the connection.
Click the Delete icon to remove the connection.
Table 43 Static DHCP: Configuration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select Enable to activate static DHCP in your Zyxel Device.
Group Name This displays the Group Name, usually Default.
IP Type The IP Type is normally IPv4 (non-configurable).
Select Device Info Select between Manual Input which allows you to enter the next two fields (MAC Address
and IP Address); or selecting an existing device would show its MAC address and IP address.
MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN if you select Manual Input in the previous
field.
IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC
address that you will also specify if you select Manual Input in the previous field.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
138
8.4 UPnP
Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is an open networking standard that uses TCP/IP for simple peer-to-peer
network connectivity between networking devices or software applications which have UPnP enabled.
A UPnP device can dynamically join a network, obtain an IP address, advertise its services, and learn
about other devices on the network. A device can also leave a network automatically when it is no
longer in use.
See Section 8.6 on page 140 for more information on UPnP.
Use the following screen to configure the UPnP settings on your Zyxel Device. Click Network Setting >
Home Networking > UPnP to display the screen shown next.
Figure 93 Network Setting > Home Networking > UPnP
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Table 43 Static DHCP: Configuration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Table 44 Network Settings > Home Networking > UPnP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
UPnP State
UPnP Select Enable to activate UPnP. Be aware that anyone could use a UPnP application to open
the Web Configurator's login screen without entering the Zyxel Device's IP address (although
you must still enter the password to access the Web Configurator).
UPnP NAT-T State
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
139
8.5 Technical Reference
This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter.
LANs, WANs and the Zyxel Device
The actual physical connection determines whether the Zyxel Device ports are LAN or WAN ports. There
are two separate IP networks, one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as
shown next.
Figure 94 LAN and WAN IP Addresses
Private IP Addresses
Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address. If your networks are isolated from the
Internet, for example, only between your two branch offices, you can assign any IP addresses to the
UPnP NAT-T Select Enable to activate UPnP with NAT enabled. UPnP NAT traversal automates the process
of allowing an application to operate through NAT. UPnP network devices can automatically
configure network addressing, announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices
and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions.
# This field displays the index number of the entry.
Description This field displays the description of the UPnP NAT-T connection.
Destination IP
Address
This field displays the IP address of the other connected UPnP-enabled device.
External Port This field displays the external port number that identifies the service.
Internal Port This field displays the internal port number that identifies the service.
Protocol This field displays the protocol of the NAT mapping rule. Choices are TCP or UDP.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Table 44 Network Settings > Home Networking > UPnP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
140
hosts without problems. However, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) has reserved the
following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks:
• 10.0.0.0 — 10.255.255.255
• 172.16.0.0 — 172.31.255.255
• 192.168.0.0 — 192.168.255.255
You can obtain your IP address from the IANA, from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network.
If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP, the ISP can provide you
with the Internet addresses for your local networks. On the other hand, if you are part of a much larger
organization, you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses.
Note: Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address; always
follow the guidelines above. For more information on address assignment, please refer
to RFC 1597, “Address Allocation for Private Internets” and RFC 1466, “Guidelines for
Management of IP Address Space.”
8.6 Turn on UPnP in Windows 7 Example
This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows 7. UPnP server is installed in Windows 7.
Activate UPnP on the Zyxel Device by clicking Network Setting > Home Networking > UPnP.
Make sure the computer is connected to the LAN port of the Zyxel Device. Turn on your computer and
the Zyxel Device.
1Click the start icon, Control Panel and then the Network and Sharing Center.
2Click Change Advanced Sharing Settings.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
141
3Select Turn on network discovery and click Save Changes. Network discovery allows your computer to
find other computers and devices on the network and other computers on the network to find your
computer. This makes it easier to share files and printers.
8.6.1 Auto-discover Your UPnP-enabled Network Device
Before you follow these steps, make sure you already have UPnP activated on the Zyxel Device and in
your computer.
Make sure your computer is connected to the LAN port of the Zyxel Device.
1Open Windows Explorer and click Network.
2Right-click the Zyxel Device icon and select Properties.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
142
Figure 95 Network Connections
3In the Internet Connection Properties window, click Settings to see port mappings.
Figure 96 Internet Connection Properties
4You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
143
Figure 97 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings
Figure 98 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings: Add
Note: When the UPnP-enabled device is disconnected from your computer, all port
mappings will be deleted automatically.
5Click OK. Check the network icon on the system tray to see your Internet connection status.
Figure 99 System Tray Icon
6To see more details about your current Internet connection status, right click the network icon in the
system tray and click Open Network and Sharing Center. Click Local Area Network.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
144
Figure 100 Internet Connection Status
8.7 Turn on UPnP in Windows 10 Example
This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows 10. UPnP server is installed in Windows 10.
Activate UPnP on the Zyxel Device by clicking Network Setting > Home Networking > UPnP.
Make sure the computer is connected to the LAN port of the Zyxel Device. Turn on your computer and
the Zyxel Device.
1Click the start icon, Settings and then Network & Internet.
2Click Network and Sharing Center.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
145
3Click Change advanced sharing settings.
4Under Domain, select Turn on network disc overy and click Save Changes. Network discovery allows your
computer to find other computers and devices on the network and other computers on the network to
find your computer. This makes it easier to share files and printers.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
146
8.7.1 Auto-discover Your UPnP-enabled Network Device
Before you follow these steps, make sure you already have UPnP activated on the Zyxel Device and in
your computer.
Make sure your computer is connected to the LAN port of the Zyxel Device.
1Open File Explorer and click Network.
2Right-click the Zyxel Device icon and select Properties.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
147
Figure 101 Network Connections
3In the Internet Connection Properties window, click Settings to see port mappings.
Figure 102 Internet Connection Properties
4You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
148
Figure 103 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings
Figure 104 Internet Connection Properties: Advanced Settings: Add
Note: When the UPnP-enabled device is disconnected from your computer, all port
mappings will be deleted automatically.
5Click OK. Check the network icon on the system tray to see your Internet connection status.
Figure 105 System Tray Icon
6To see more details about your current Internet connection status, right click the network icon in the
system tray and click Open Network & Internet settings. Click Network and Sharing Center and click the
Connections.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
149
Figure 106 Internet Connection Status
8.8 Web Configurator Easy Access in Windows 7
With UPnP, you can access the Web-based Configurator on the Zyxel Device without needing to find
out the IP address of the Zyxel Device first. This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the
Zyxel Device.
Follow the steps below to access the Web Configurator.
1Open Windows Explorer.
2Click Network.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
150
Figure 107 Network Connections
3An icon with the description for each UPnP-enabled device displays under Network Infrastructure.
4Right-click the icon for your Zyxel Device and select View device webpage. The Web Configurator login
screen displays.
Figure 108 Network Connections: My Network Places
5Right-click the icon for your Zyxel Device and select Properties. Click the Network Device tab. A window
displays with information about the Zyxel Device.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
151
Figure 109 Network Connections: My Network Places: Properties: Example
8.9 Web Configurator Easy Access in Windows 10
Follow the steps below to access the Web Configurator.
1Open File Explorer.
2Click Network.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
152
Figure 110 Network Connections
3An icon with the description for each UPnP-enabled device displays under Network Infrastructure.
4Right-click the icon for your Zyxel Device and select View device webpage. The Web Configurator login
screen displays.
Figure 111 Network Connections: Network Infrastructure
5Right-click the icon for your Zyxel Device and select Properties. Click the Network Device tab. A window
displays information about the Zyxel Device.
Chapter 8 Home Networking
LTE Series User’s Guide
153
Figure 112 Network Connections: Network Infrastructure: Properties: Example
LTE Series User’s Guide
154
CHAPTER 9
Routing
9.1 Overview
The Zyxel Device usually uses the default gateway to route outbound traffic from computers on the LAN
to the Internet. To have the Zyxel Device send data to devices not reachable through the default
gateway, use static routes.
For example, the next figure shows a computer (A) connected to the Zyxel Device’s LAN interface. The
Zyxel Device routes most traffic from A to the Internet through the Zyxel Device’s default gateway (R1).
You create one static route to connect to services offered by your ISP behind router R2. You create
another static route to communicate with a separate network behind a router R3 connected to the
LAN.
Figure 113 Example of Static Routing Topology
9.2 Configure Static Route
Use this screen to view and configure static route rules on the Zyxel Device. A static route is used to save
time and bandwidth usage when LAN devices within an Intranet are transferring files or packets,
especially when there are more than two Internet connections in your home or office network. Click
Network Setting > Routing to open the Static Route screen.
WAN
R1
R2
A
R3
LAN
Chapter 9 Routing
LTE Series User’s Guide
155
Figure 114 Network Setting > Routing > Static Route
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
9.2.1 Add/Edit Static Route
Click Add New Static Route in the Static Route screen, the following screen appears. Configure the
required information for a static route.
Note: The Gateway IP Address must be within the range of the selected interface in Use
Interface.
Table 45 Network Setting > Routing > Static Route
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New Static
Route
Click this to set up a new static route on the Zyxel Device.
#This is the number of an individual static route.
Status This field indicates whether the rule is active (yellow bulb) or not (gray bulb).
Name This is the name of the static route.
Destination IP This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is always based
on network number.
Subnet Mask/
Prefix Length
This parameter specifies the IP network subnet mask of the final destination.
Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same network
segment as the Zyxel Device's LAN or WAN port. The gateway helps forward packets to their
destinations.
Interface This is the WAN interface through which the traffic is routed.
Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the Zyxel Device.
Click the Delete icon to remove a static route from the Zyxel Device.
Chapter 9 Routing
LTE Series User’s Guide
156
Figure 115 Network Setting > Routing > Static Route > Add New Static Route
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 46 Network Setting > Routing > Static Route > Add New Static Route
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select Enable to activate your static route.
Route Name Assign a name for your static route (up to 15 characters). Special characters are allowed
except the following: double quote (") back quote (`) apostrophe or single quote (') less than
(<) greater than (>) caret or circumflex accent (^) dollar sign ($) vertical bar (|) ampersand (&)
semicolon (;)
IP Type Select between IPv4 or IPv6. Compared to IPv4, IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6), is designed to
enhance IP address size and features. The increase in IPv6 address size to 128 bits (from the 32-
bit IPv4 address) allows up to 3.4 x 1038 IP addresses. The Zyxel Device can use IPv4/IPv6 dual
stack to connect to IPv4 and IPv6 networks, and supports IPv6 rapid deployment (6RD).
Destination IP
Address
This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is always based
on network number. If you need to specify a route to a single host, use a subnet mask of
255.255.255.255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host
ID.
IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here.
Use Gateway IP
Address
Select Enable to enable forwarding packets to a gateway IP address or a bound interface.
Gateway IP
Address
You can decide if you want to forward packets to a gateway IP address or a bound interface.
If you want to configure Gateway IP Address, enter the IP address of the next-hop gateway. The
gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the Zyxel Device's LAN or WAN
port. The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations.
Use Interface You can decide if you want to forward packets to a gateway IP address (Default) or a bound
interface (Cellular WAN).
If you want to configure bound interface, choose an interface through which the traffic is sent.
You must have the WAN interfaces already configured in the Broadband screen.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Chapter 9 Routing
LTE Series User’s Guide
157
9.3 DNS Route
Use this screen to view and configure DNS routes on the Zyxel Device. A DNS route entry defines a policy
for the Zyxel Device to forward a particular DNS query to a specific WAN interface. Click Network Setting
> Routing > DNS Route to open the DNS Route screen.
Figure 116 Network Setting > Routing > DNS Route
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
9.3.1 Add/Edit DNS Route
Click Ad d New DNS Route in the DNS Route screen, use this screen to configure the required information
for a DNS route.
Table 47 Network Setting > Routing > DNS Route
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New DNS
Route
Click this to create a new entry.
#This is the number of an individual DNS route.
Status This field indicates whether the rule is active (yellow bulb) or not (gray bulb).
Domain Name This is the domain name to which the DNS route applies.
WAN Interface This is the WAN interface through which the matched DNS request is routed.
Subnet Mask This parameter specifies the IP network subnet mask.
Modify Click the Edit icon to configure a DNS route on the Zyxel Device.
Click the Delete icon to remove a DNS route from the Zyxel Device.
Chapter 9 Routing
LTE Series User’s Guide
158
Figure 117 Network Setting > Routing > DNS Route > Add New DNS Route
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
9.4 Policy Route
By default, the Zyxel Device routes packets based on the shortest path to the destination address. Policy
routes allow you to override the default behavior and route packets based on other criteria, such as the
source address. For example, you can use policy-based routing to direct traffic from specific users
through specific connections or distribute traffic across multiple paths for load sharing. Policy-based
routing is applied to outgoing packets before the default routing rules are applied.
Table 48 Network Setting > Routing > DNS Route > Add New DNS Route
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Enable DNS route in your Zyxel Device.
Domain Name Enter the domain name you want to resolve.
You can use the wildcard character, an “*” (asterisk) as the left most part of a domain name,
such as *.example.com. The Zyxel Device forwards DNS queries for any domain name ending in
example.com to the WAN interface specified in this route.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of the network for which to use the DNS route in dotted decimal notation,
for example 255.255.255.255.
WAN Interface Select a WAN interface through which the matched DNS query is sent. You must have the WAN
interface(s) already configured in the Broadband screen.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Chapter 9 Routing
LTE Series User’s Guide
159
The Policy Route screen let you view and configure routing policies on the Zyxel Device. Click Network
Setting > Routing > Policy Route to open the following screen.
Figure 118 Network Setting > Routing > Policy Route
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 49 Network Setting > Routing > Policy Route
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New Policy
Route
Click this to create a new policy forwarding rule.
#This is the index number of the entry.
Status This field displays whether the DNS route is active or not. A yellow bulb signifies that this DNS route
is active. A gray bulb signifies that this DNS route is not active.
Name This is the name of the rule.
Source IP This is the source IP address.
Source Subnet
Mask
This is the source subnet mask address.
Protocol This is the transport layer protocol.
Source Port This is the source port number.
Source MAC This is the source MAC address.
Source
Interface
This is the interface from which the matched traffic is sent.
WAN Interface This is the WAN interface through which the traffic is routed.
Modify Click the Edit icon to edit this policy.
Click the Delete icon to remove a policy from the Zyxel Device. A window displays asking you to
confirm that you want to delete the policy.
Chapter 9 Routing
LTE Series User’s Guide
160
9.4.1 Add/Edit Policy Route
Click Add New Policy Route in the Policy Route screen or click the Edit icon next to a policy. Use this
screen to configure the required information for a policy route.
Figure 119 Policy Route: Add/Edit
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 50 Policy Route: Add/Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Click this to enable (turns blue) activation of the policy route. Otherwise, click to disable (turns
gray).
Route Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 8 printable English keyboard characters, not including spaces.
Source IP
Address
Enter the source IP address.
Source Subnet
Mask
Enter the source subnet mask address.
Protocol Select the transport layer protocol (TCP, UDP, or None).
Source Port Enter the source port number.
Source MAC Enter the source MAC address.
Source Interface
(ex: br0 or
LAN1~LAN4)
Type the name of the interface from which the matched traffic is sent.
WAN Interface Select a WAN interface through which the traffic is sent. You must have the WAN interface(s)
already configured in the Broadband screens.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
Chapter 9 Routing
LTE Series User’s Guide
161
9.5 RIP Overview
Routing Information Protocol (RIP, RFC 1058 and RFC 1389) allows the Zyxel Device to exchange routing
information with other routers. To activate RIP for the WAN interface, select the supported RIP version
and operation.
9.5.1 RIP
Click Network Setting > Routing > RIP to open the RIP screen. Select the desired RIP version and
operation by clicking the check box. To stop RIP on the WAN interface, clear the check box. Click the
Apply button to start/stop RIP and save the configuration.
Figure 120 Network Setting > Routing > RIP
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 51 Network Setting > Routing > RIP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
#This is the index of the interface in which the RIP setting is used.
Interface This is the name of the interface in which the RIP setting is used.
Version The RIP version controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the
Zyxel Device sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving). RIPv1 is universally supported
but RIPv2 carries more information. RIPv1 is probably adequate for most networks, unless you
have an unusual network topology. When set to Both, the Zyxel Device will broadcast its routing
table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives
Operation Select Passive to have the Zyxel Device update the routing table based on the RIP packets
received from neighbors but not advertise its route information to other routers in this interface.
Select Active to have the Zyxel Device advertise its route information and also listen for routing
updates from neighboring routers.
Enable Select the check box to activate the settings.
Disable Default
Gateway
Select the check box to set the Zyxel Device to not send the route information to the default
gateway.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
LTE Series User’s Guide
162
CHAPTER 10
Network Address Translation
(NAT)
10.1 Overview
NAT (Network Address Translation - NAT, RFC 1631) is the translation of the IP address of a host in a
packet, for example, the source address of an outgoing packet, used within one network to a different
IP address known within another network.
10.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the Port Forwarding screen to configure forward incoming service requests to the servers on your
local network (Section 10.2 on page 163).
• Use the Port Triggering screen to add and configure the Zyxel Device’s trigger port settings (Section
10.3 on page 166).
• Use the DMZ screen to configure a default server (Section 10.4 on page 169).
• Use the ALG screen to enable or disable the SIP ALG (Section 10.5 on page 170).
• Use the Address Mapping screen to enable and disable the NAT Address Mapping in the Zyxel
Device(Section 10.6 on page 171).
• Use the Sessions screen to limit the number of concurrent NAT sessions each client can use(Section
10.7 on page 173).
10.1.2 What You Need To Know
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
Inside/Outside and Global/Local
Inside/outside denotes where a host is located relative to the Zyxel Device, for example, the computers
of your subscribers are the inside hosts, while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts.
Global/local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router, for example,
the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network, while the
global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side.
NAT
In the simplest form, NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber (the
inside local address) to another (the inside global address) before forwarding the packet to the WAN
side. When the response comes back, NAT translates the destination address (the inside global address)
back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host.
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
163
Port Forwarding
A port forwarding set is a list of inside (behind NAT on the LAN) servers, for example, web or FTP, that you
can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a
single computer to the outside world.
10.2 Port Forwarding Overview
Use Port Forwarding to forward incoming service requests from the Internet to the server(s) on your local
network. Port forwarding is commonly used when you want to host online gaming, P2P file sharing, or
other servers on your network.
You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded, and the local IP
address of the desired server. The port number identifies a service; for example, web service is on port 80
and FTP on port 21. In some cases, such as for unknown services or where one server can support more
than one service (for example both FTP and web service), it might be better to specify a range of port
numbers. You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports. Please
refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers.
Note: Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes
(such as a Web or FTP server) from your location. Your ISP may periodically check for
servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your
location. If you are unsure, refer to your ISP.
Configure Servers Behind Port Forwarding (Example)
Let's say you want to assign ports 21-25 to one FTP, Telnet and SMTP server (A in the example), port 80 to
another (B in the example), a default server IP address of 192.168.1.35 to a third (C in the example), and
a default server IP address of 192.168.1.36 to a fourth (D in the example). You assign the LAN IP addresses
and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address. The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet.
Figure 121 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
164
10.2.1 Port Forwarding
Click Network Setting > NAT to open the Port Forwarding screen.
Note: TCP port 7547 is reserved for system use.
Figure 122 Network Setting > NAT > Port Forwarding
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
10.2.2 Add/Edit Port Forwarding
Create or edit a port forwarding rule. Specify either a port or a range of ports, a server IP address, and a
protocol to configure a port forwarding rule. Click Add New Rule in the Port Forwarding screen or the Edit
icon next to an existing rule to open the following screen.
Table 52 Network Setting > NAT > Port Forwarding
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New Rule Click this to add a new port forwarding rule.
#This is the index number of the entry.
Status This field indicates whether the rule is active or not.
A yellow bulb signifies that this rule is active. A gray bulb signifies that this rule is not active.
Service Name This is the service’s name. This shows User Defined if you manually added a service. You can
change this by clicking the edit icon.
Originating IP This is the source’s IP address.
WAN Interface Select the WAN interface for which to configure NAT port forwarding rules.
Server IP Address This is the server’s IP address.
Start Port This is the first external port number that identifies a service.
End Port This is the last external port number that identifies a service.
Translation Start
Port
This is the first internal port number that identifies a service.
Translation End
Port
This is the last internal port number that identifies a service.
Protocol This field displays the protocol (TCP, UDP, TCP+UDP) used to transport the packets for which
you want to apply the rule.
Modify Click the Edit icon to edit the port forwarding rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule. Note that subsequent address
mapping rules move up by one when you take this action.
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
165
Figure 123 Port Forwarding: Add/Edit
Note: To configure port forwarding, you need to have the same configurations in the Start
Port, End Port, Translation Start Port, and Translation End Port fields.
To configure port translation, you need to have different configurations in the Start Port,
End Port, Translation Start Port, and Translation End Port fields.
Here is an example to configure port translation. Configure Start Port to 100, End Port to
120, Translation Start Port to 200, and Translation End Port to 220.
Note: TCP port 7547 is reserved for system use.
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 53 Port Forwarding: Add/Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select or clear this field to turn the port forwarding rule on or off.
Service Name Select a service to forward or select User Defined and enter a name in the field to the right.
WAN Interface Select the WAN interface for which to configure NAT port forwarding rules.
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
166
10.3 Port Triggering
Some services use a dedicated range of ports on the client side and a dedicated range of ports on the
server side. With regular port forwarding, you set a forwarding port in NAT to forward a service (coming
in from the server on the WAN) to the IP address of a computer on the client side (LAN). The problem is
that port forwarding only forwards a service to a single LAN IP address. In order to use the same service
on a different LAN computer, you have to manually replace the LAN computer's IP address in the
forwarding port with another LAN computer's IP address.
Trigger port forwarding allows computers on the LAN to dynamically take turns using the service.
The Zyxel Device records the IP address of a LAN computer that sends traffic to the WAN to request a
service with a specific port number and protocol (a \"trigger\" port). When the Zyxel Device's WAN port
receives a response with a specific port number and protocol (\"open\" port), the Zyxel Device forwards
the traffic to the LAN IP address of the computer that sent the request. After that computer’s
connection for that service closes, another computer on the LAN can use the service in the same
manner. This way you do not need to configure a new IP address each time you want a different LAN
computer to use the application.
For example:
Start Port Configure this for a user-defined entry. Enter the original destination port for the packets.
To forward only one port, enter the port number again in the End Port field.
To forward a series of ports, enter the start port number here and the end port number in the
End Port field.
End Port Configure this for a user-defined entry. Enter the last port of the original destination port range.
To forward only one port, enter the port number in the Start Port field above and then enter it
again in this field.
To forward a series of ports, enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port
number in the Start Port field above.
Translation Start
Port
Configure this for a user-defined entry. This shows the port number to which you want the Zyxel
Device to translate the incoming port. For a range of ports, enter the first number of the range
to which you want the incoming ports translated.
Translation End
Port
Configure this for a user-defined entry. This shows the last port of the translated port range.
Server IP Address Enter the inside IP address of the virtual server here.
Configure
Originating IP
Click the Enable check box to enter the originating IP in the next field.
Originating IP Enter the originating IP address here.
Protocol Select the protocol supported by this virtual server. Choices are TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Table 53 Port Forwarding: Add/Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
167
Figure 124 Trigger Port Forwarding Process: Example
1Jane requests a file from the Real Audio server (port 7070).
2Port 7070 is a “trigger” port and causes the Zyxel Device to record Jane’s computer IP address. The Zyxel
Device associates Jane's computer IP address with the "open" port range of 6970-7170.
3The Real Audio server responds using a port number ranging between 6970-7170.
4The Zyxel Device forwards the traffic to Jane’s computer IP address.
5Only Jane can connect to the Real Audio server until the connection is closed or times out. The Zyxel
Device times out in three minutes with UDP (User Datagram Protocol) or two hours with TCP/IP (Transfer
Control Protocol/Internet Protocol).
Click Network Setting > NAT > Port Triggering to open the following screen. Use this screen to view your
Zyxel Device’s trigger port settings.
Note: TCP port 7547 is reserved for system use.
Note: The sum of trigger ports in all rules must be less than 1000 and every open port range
must be less than 1000. When the protocol is TCP/UDP, the ports are counted twice.
Figure 125 Network Setting > NAT > Port Triggering
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
168
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
10.3.1 Add/Edit Port Triggering Rule
This screen lets you create new port triggering rules. Click Add New Rule in the Port Triggering screen or
click a rule’s Edit icon to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure a port or range of ports
and protocols for sending out requests and for receiving responses.
Table 54 Network Setting > NAT > Port Triggering
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New Rule Click this to create a new rule.
#This is the index number of the entry.
Status This field displays whether the port triggering rule is active or not. A yellow bulb signifies that this
rule is active. A gray bulb signifies that this rule is not active.
Service Name This field displays the name of the service used by this rule.
WAN Interface This field shows the WAN interface through which the service is forwarded.
Trigger Start Port The trigger port is a port (or a range of ports) that causes (or triggers) the Zyxel Device to record
the IP address of the LAN computer that sent the traffic to a server on the WAN.
This is the first port number that identifies a service.
Trigger End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service.
Trigger Proto. This is the trigger transport layer protocol.
Open Start Port The open port is a port (or a range of ports) that a server on the WAN uses when it sends out a
particular service. The Zyxel Device forwards the traffic with this port (or range of ports) to the
client computer on the LAN that requested the service.
This is the first port number that identifies a service.
Open End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service.
Open Protocol This is the open transport layer protocol.
Modify Click the Edit icon to edit this rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing rule.
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
169
Figure 126 Port Triggering: Add/Edit
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
10.4 DMZ
Use this screen to specify the IP address of a default server to receive packets from ports not specified in
the Port Triggering screen. The DMZ (DeMilitarized Zone) is a network between the WAN and the LAN
that is accessible to devices on both the WAN and LAN with firewall protection. Devices on the WAN
Table 55 Port Triggering: Add/Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Click to enable (blue switch) or disable (gray switch) to activate or deactivate the rule.
Service Name Enter a name to identify this rule using keyboard characters (A-Z, a-z, 1-2 and so on).
WAN Interface Select a WAN interface for which you want to configure port triggering rules.
Trigger Start Port The trigger port is a port (or a range of ports) that causes (or triggers) the Zyxel Device to record
the IP address of the LAN computer that sent the traffic to a server on the WAN.
Type a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.
Trigger End Port Type a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.
Trigger Protocol Select the transport layer protocol from TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.
Open Start Port The open port is a port (or a range of ports) that a server on the WAN uses when it sends out a
particular service. The Zyxel Device forwards the traffic with this port (or range of ports) to the
client computer on the LAN that requested the service.
Type a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.
Open End Port Type a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.
Open Protocol Select the transport layer protocol from TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
170
can initiate connections to devices on the DMZ but not to those on the LAN.
You can put public servers, such as email, web, and FTP servers, on the DMZ to provide services on both
the WAN and LAN. To use this feature, you first need to assign a DMZ host. Click Network Setting > NAT >
DMZ to open the DMZ screen.
Note: Use an IPv4 address for the DMZ server.
Note: Enter the IP address of the default server in the Default Server Address field, and click
Apply to activate the DMZ host. Otherwise, clear the IP address in the Default Server
Address field, and click Apply to deactivate the DMZ host.
Figure 127 Network Setting > NAT > DMZ
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
10.5 ALG
Click Network Setting > NAT > ALG to open the ALG screen. Use this screen to enable and disable the
NAT Application Layer Gateway (ALG) in the Zyxel Device.
Application Layer Gateway (ALG) allows certain applications such as File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Session
Initiation Protocol (SIP), or file transfer in Instant Messaging (IM) applications to pass through the Zyxel
Device.
Table 56 Network Setting > NAT > DMZ
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Default Server
Address
Enter the IP address of the default server which receives packets from ports that are not
specified in the Port Forwarding screen.
Note: If you do not assign a default server, the Zyxel Device discards all packets
received for ports not specified in the virtual server configuration.
Apply Click this to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
171
Figure 128 Network Setting > NAT > ALG
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
10.6 Address Mapping
Use this screen to enable or disable the NAT Address Mapping in the Zyxel Device.
10.6.1 Address Mapping Screen
Click Network Setting > NAT > Address Mapping to open the Address Mapping screen.
Figure 129 Network Setting > NAT > Address Mapping
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 57 Network Setting > NAT > ALG
LABEL DESCRIPTION
SIP ALG Click this (switch turns blue) to make sure SIP (VoIP) works correctly with port-forwarding and
address-mapping rules. Otherwise, click this to turn off (switch turns gray) the SIP ALG.
PPTP ALG Click this to turn on (switch turns blue) the PPTP ALG on the Zyxel Device to detect PPTP traffic
and help build PPTP sessions through the Zyxel Device’s NAT.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Table 58 Network Setting > NAT > Address Mapping
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Rule Name This is the name of the rule.
Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address (ILA).
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
172
10.6.2 Add New Rule Screen
To add or edit an address mapping rule, click Add New Rule or the Modify icon in the Address Mapping
screen to display the screen shown next.
Figure 130 Network Setting > NAT > Address Mapping > Add New Rule
Local End IP This is the ending Inside Local IP Address (ILA). If the rule is for all local IP addresses,
then this field displays 0.0.0.0 as the Local Start IP address and 255.255.255.255 as the
Local End IP address. This field is blank for One-to-One mapping types.
Global Start IP This is the starting Inside Global IP Address (IGA). Enter 0.0.0.0 here if you have a
dynamic IP address from your ISP. You can only do this for the Many-to-One
mapping type.
Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address (IGA). This field is blank for One-to-One
and Many-to-One mapping types.
Type This is the address mapping type.
One-to-One: This mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address. Note
that port numbers do not change for the One-to-One NAT mapping type.
Many-to-One: This mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address.
This is equivalent to SUA (i.e., PAT, port address translation), the Device's Single User
Account feature that previous routers supported only.
Many-to-Many: This mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP
addresses.
WAN Interface This is the WAN interface to which the address mapping rule applies.
Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule. Note that
subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action.
Table 58 Network Setting > NAT > Address Mapping (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
173
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
10.7 Sessions
Use the Sessions screen to limit the number of concurrent NAT sessions each client can use. Click
Network Setting > NAT > Sessions to open the Sessions screen.
Figure 131 Network Setting > NAT > Sessions
Table 59 Network Setting > NAT > Address Mapping > Add New Rule
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Rule Name Type up to 20 alphanumeric characters for the name of this rule.
Type Choose the IP/port mapping type from one of the following.
One-to-One: This mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address. Note
that port numbers do not change for the One-to-One NAT mapping type.
Many-to-One: This mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address.
This is equivalent to SUA (i.e., PAT, port address translation), the Device's Single User
Account feature that previous routers supported only.
Many-to-Many: This mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP
addresses.
Local Start IP Enter the starting Inside Local IP Address (ILA).
Local End IP Enter the ending Inside Local IP Address (ILA). If the rule is for all local IP addresses,
then this field displays 0.0.0.0 as the Local Start IP address and 255.255.255.255 as the
Local End IP address. This field is blank for One-to-One mapping types.
Global Start IP Enter the starting Inside Global IP Address (IGA). Enter 0.0.0.0 here if you have a
dynamic IP address from your ISP. You can only do this for the Many-to-One
mapping type.
Global End IP Enter the ending Inside Global IP Address (IGA). This field is blank for One-to-One
and Many-to-One mapping types.
WAN Interface Select a WAN interface to which the address mapping rule applies.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
Chapter 10 Network Address Translation (NAT)
LTE Series User’s Guide
174
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 60 Network Setting > NAT > Sessions
LABEL DESCRIPTION
MAX NAT Session Per Host
(0~20480)
Use this field to set a common limit to the number of concurrent NAT sessions each
client computer can have.
If only a few clients use peer to peer applications, you can raise this number to
improve their performance. With heavy peer to peer application use, lower this
number to ensure no single client uses too many of the available NAT sessions.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
LTE Series User’s Guide
175
CHAPTER 11
Dynamic DNS Setup
11.1 DNS Overview
DNS
DNS (Domain Name System) is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice
versa. The DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a
machine before you can access it.
In addition to the system DNS server(s), each WAN interface (service) is set to have its own static or
dynamic DNS server list. You can configure a DNS static route to forward DNS queries for certain domain
names through a specific WAN interface to its DNS server(s). The Zyxel Device uses a system DNS server
(in the order you specify in the Broadband screen) to resolve domain names that do not match any DNS
routing entry. After the Zyxel Device receives a DNS reply from a DNS server, it creates a new entry for
the resolved IP address in the routing table.
Dynamic DNS
Dynamic DNS allows you to use a dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that
anyone can contact you (in NetMeeting, CU-SeeMe, etc.). You can also access your FTP server or Web
site on your own computer using a domain name (for instance myhost.dhs.org, where myhost is a name
of your choice) that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you
reconnect. Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don't know your IP
address.
You first need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www.dyndns.org. This is for people with a
dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name. The Dynamic DNS
service provider will give you a password or key.
11.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the DNS Entry screen to view, configure, or remove DNS routes (Section 11.2 on page 176).
• Use the Dynamic DNS screen to enable DDNS and configure the DDNS settings on the Zyxel Device
(Section 11.3 on page 177).
11.1.2 What You Need To Know
DYNDNS Wildcard
Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes *.yourhost.dyndns.org to be aliased to the same IP
address as yourhost.dyndns.org. This feature is useful if you want to be able to use, for example,
www.yourhost.dyndns.org and still reach your hostname.
Chapter 11 Dynamic DNS Setup
LTE Series User’s Guide
176
If you have a private WAN IP address, then you cannot use Dynamic DNS.
11.2 DNS Entry
DNS (Domain Name System) is used for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and
vice versa. Use this screen to view and configure DNS routes on the Zyxel Device. Click Network Setting >
DNS to open the DNS Entry screen.
Note: The host name should consist of the host’s local name and the domain name. For
example, Mycomputer.home is a host name where Mycomputer is the host’s local
name, and .home is the domain name.
Figure 132 Network Setting > DNS > DNS Entry
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
11.2.1 Add/Edit DNS Entry
You can manually add or edit the Zyxel Device’s DNS name and IP address entry. Click Add New DNS
Entry in the DNS Entry screen or the Edit icon next to the entry you want to edit. The screen shown next
appears.
Table 61 Network Setting > DNS > DNS Entry
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New DNS Entry Click this to create a new DNS entry.
#This is the index number of the entry.
HostName This indicates the host name or domain name.
IP Address This indicates the IP address assigned to this computer.
Modify Click the Edit icon to edit the rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing rule.
Chapter 11 Dynamic DNS Setup
LTE Series User’s Guide
177
Figure 133 DNS Entry: Add/Edit
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
11.3 Dynamic DNS
Dynamic DNS can update your current dynamic IP address mapping to a hostname. Configure a DDNS
service provider on your Zyxel Device. Click Network Setting > DNS > Dynamic DNS. The screen appears
as shown.
Table 62 DNS Entry: Add/Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Host Name Enter the host name of the DNS entry.
IPv4 Address Enter the IPv4 address of the DNS entry.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
Chapter 11 Dynamic DNS Setup
LTE Series User’s Guide
178
Figure 134 Network Setting > DNS > Dynamic DNS
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 63 Network Setting > DNS > Dynamic DNS
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Dynamic DNS Setup
Dynamic DNS Select Enable to use dynamic DNS.
Service Provider Select your Dynamic DNS service provider from the drop-down list box.
Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your Zyxel Device by your Dynamic DNS provider.
You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma (",").
Username Type your user name.
Password Type the password assigned to you.
Enable Wildcard
Option Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard.
Enable Off Line
Option (Only
applies to custom
DNS)
Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL (that
you can specify) while you are off line.
Dynamic DNS Status
User
Authentication
Result
This shows Success if the account is correctly set up with the Dynamic DNS provider
account.
Last Updated Time This shows the last time the IP address the Dynamic DNS provider has associated with the
hostname was updated.
Current Dynamic
IP This shows the IP address your Dynamic DNS provider has currently associated with the
hostname.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
LTE Series User’s Guide
179
CHAPTER 12
USB Service
12.1 USB Service Overview
You can share files on a USB memory stick or hard drive connected to your Zyxel Device with users on
your network.
The following figure is an overview of the Zyxel Device’s file server feature. Computers A and B can
access files on a USB device (C) which is connected to the Zyxel Device.
Figure 135 File Sharing Overview
The Zyxel Device will not be able to join the workgroup if your local area network has restrictions
set up that do not allow devices to join a workgroup. In this case, contact your network
administrator.
12.1.1 What You Need To Know
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
12.1.1.1 About File Sharing
Workgroup Name
This is the name given to a set of computers that are connected on a network and share resources such
as a printer or files. Windows automatically assigns the workgroup name when you set up a network.
DSL
Chapter 12 USB Service
LTE Series User’s Guide
180
Shares
When settings are set to default, each USB device connected to the Zyxel Device is given a folder,
called a “share”. If a USB hard drive connected to the Zyxel Device has more than one partition, then
each partition will be allocated a share. You can also configure a “share” to be a sub-folder or file on
the USB device.
File Systems
A file system is a way of storing and organizing files on your hard drive and storage device. Often
different operating systems such as Windows or Linux have different file systems. The file sharing feature
on your Zyxel Device supports File Allocation Table (FAT) and FAT32.
Common Internet File System
The Zyxel Device uses Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocol for its file sharing functions. CIFS
compatible computers can access the USB file storage devices connected to the Zyxel Device. CIFS
protocol is supported on Microsoft Windows, Linux Samba and other operating systems (refer to your
systems specifications for CIFS compatibility).
12.1.2 Before You Begin
Make sure the Zyxel Device is connected to your network and turned on.
1Connect the USB device to one of the Zyxel Device’s USB port. Make sure the Zyxel Device is connected
to your network.
2The Zyxel Device detects the USB device and makes its contents available for browsing. If you are
connecting a USB hard drive that comes with an external power supply, make sure it is connected to an
appropriate power source that is on.
Note: If your USB device cannot be detected by the Zyxel Device, see the troubleshooting for
suggestions.
12.2 USB Service
Use this screen to set up file sharing through the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device’s LAN users can access
the shared folder (or share) from the USB device inserted in the Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click
Network Setting > USB Service.
Chapter 12 USB Service
LTE Series User’s Guide
181
Figure 136 Network Setting > USB Service
Note: Share Directory List field appears when you connect a USB device to the USB port.
Otherwise, it does not.
Each field is described in the following table.
Table 64 Network Setting > USB Service > File Sharing
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Information
Volume This is the volume name the Zyxel Device gives to an inserted USB device.
Capacity This is the total available memory size (in megabytes) on the USB device.
Used Space This is the memory size (in megabytes) already used on the USB device.
Server Configuration
File Sharing
Services
Click this switch to enable or disable file sharing through the Zyxel Device. When the switch goes
to the right , the function is enabled. Otherwise, it is not.
Share Directory List
Add New Share Click this to set up a new share on the Zyxel Device.
Active Select this to allow the share to be accessed.
Status This field shows the status of the share
: The share is not activated.
: The share is activated.
Chapter 12 USB Service
LTE Series User’s Guide
182
12.2.1 Add New Share
Use this screen to set up a new share or edit an existing share on the Zyxel Device. Click Add New Share
in the File Sharing screen or click the Edit/Modify icon next to an existing share.
Please note that you need to set up your shares in the USB before enabling file sharing in the Zyxel
Device. Also, spaces and the following special characters listed in the brackets ["`<>^$|&;\/:*?'] are not
allowed for the USB share name.
Figure 137 Network Setting > USB Service > File Sharing > Add New Share
Share Name This field displays the name of the file you shared.
Share Path This field displays the location in the USB of the file you shared.
Share
Description
This field displays a description of the file you shared.
Modify Click the Edit icon to change the settings of an existing share.
Click the Delete icon to delete this share in the list.
Account Management
Add New User Click this button to create a user account to access the secured shares. This button redirects you
to Maintenance > User Account.
Status This field shows the status of the user.
: The user account is not activated for the share.
: The user account is activated for the share.
User Name This is the name of a user who is allowed to access the secured shares on the USB device.
Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click this to save your changes to the Zyxel Device.
Table 64 Network Setting > USB Service > File Sharing
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 12 USB Service
LTE Series User’s Guide
183
The following table describes the labels in this menu.
12.2.2 The Add New User Screen
Once you click the Add New User button, you’ll be directed to the User Account screen. To create a
user account that can access the secured shares on the USB device, click the Add New Account button
in the Network Setting > USB Service > User Account screen.
Please see Chapter 26 on page 245, for detailed information about User Account screen.
Table 65 Network Setting > USB Service > Media Server
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Volume Select the volume in the USB storage device that you want to add as a share in the Zyxel
Device.
This field is read-only when you are editing the share.
Share Path Manually enter the file path for the share, or click the Browse button and select the folder that
you want to add as a share.
This field is read-only when you are editing the share.
Description You can either enter a short description of the share, or leave this field blank.
Access Level Select Public if you want the share to be accessed by users connecting to the Zyxel Device.
Otherwise, select Security.
Allowed If Security is selected in the Access Level field, select this check box to allow/prohibit access to
the share.
User Name This field specifies the user for which the Allowed setting applies. Users can be added or
modified in Maintenance > User Account.
Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
LTE Series User’s Guide
184
CHAPTER 13
Firewall
13.1 Overview
This chapter shows you how to enable the Zyxel Device firewall. Use the firewall to protect your Zyxel
Device and network from attacks by hackers on the Internet and control access to it. The firewall:
• allows traffic that originates from your LAN computers to go to all other networks.
• blocks traffic that originates on other networks from going to the LAN.
By default, the Zyxel Device blocks DoS attacks whether the firewall is enabled or disabled.
The following figure illustrates the firewall action. User A can initiate an IM (Instant Messaging) session
from the LAN to the WAN (1). Return traffic for this session is also allowed (2). However other traffic
initiated from the WAN is blocked (3 and 4).
Figure 138 Default Firewall Action
13.1.1 What You Need to Know About Firewall
DoS
Denials of Service (DoS) attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the Internet.
Their goal is not to steal information, but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access
to network resources. The Zyxel Device is pre-configured to automatically detect and thwart all known
DoS attacks.
ICMP
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is a message control and error-reporting protocol between a
host server and a gateway to the Internet. ICMP uses Internet Protocol (IP) datagrams, but the messages
are processed by the TCP/IP software and directly apparent to the application user.
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
185
DoS Thresholds
For DoS attacks, the Zyxel Device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not
become fully established. These thresholds apply globally to all sessions. You can use the default
threshold values, or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements.
13.2 Firewall
13.2.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the General screen to configure the security level of the firewall on the Zyxel Device (Section 13.3
on page 185).
• Use the Protocol screen to add or remove predefined Internet services and configure firewall rules
(Section 13.4 on page 187).
• Use the Access Control screen to view and configure incoming/outgoing filtering rules (Section 13.5
on page 188).
• Use the DoS screen to activate protection against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks (Section 13.6 on
page 191).
13.3 Firewall General Settings
Use the firewall to protect your Zyxel Device and network from attacks by hackers on the Internet and
control access to it. Use this screen to set the security level of the firewall on the Zyxel Device. Firewall
rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets. A higher firewall level means more
restrictions on the Internet activities you can perform. Click Security > Firewall > General to display the
following screen. Use the slider to select the level of firewall protection.
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
186
Figure 139 Security > Firewall > General
Note: LAN to WAN is your access to all Internet services. WAN to LAN is the access of other
computers on the Internet to devices behind the Zyxel Device.
When the security level is set to High, Telnet, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, DNS, IMAP, POP3, SMTP,
and/or IPv6 ICMPv6 (Ping) traffic from the LAN are still allowed.
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 66 Security > Firewall > General
LABEL DESCRIPTION
IPv4
Firewall
Enable firewall protection when using IPv4 (Internet Protocol version 4).
IPv6
Firewall
Enable firewall protection when using IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6).
High This setting blocks all traffic to and from the Internet. Only local network traffic and LAN to WAN service
(Telnet, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, DNS, POP3, SMTP) is permitted.
Medium This is the recommended setting. It allows traffic to the Internet but blocks anyone from the Internet
from accessing any services on your local network.
Low This setting allows traffic to the Internet and also allows someone from the Internet to access services on
your local network. This would be used with Port Forwarding, Default Server.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings.
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
187
13.4 Protocol (Customized Services)
You can configure customized services and port numbers in the Protocol screen. Each set of protocol
rules listed in the table are reusable objects to be used in conjunction with ACL rules in the Access
Control screen. For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services, visit the IANA (Internet Assigned
Number Authority) website. Click Security > Firewall > Protocol to display the following screen.
Note: Removing a protocol rule will also remove associated ACL rules.
Figure 140 Security > Firewall > Protocol
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
13.4.1 Add Customized Service
Add a customized rule or edit an existing rule by specifying the protocol and the port numbers. Click
Add New Protocol Entry in the Protocol screen to display the following screen.
Table 67 Security > Firewall > Protocol
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New
Protocol
Entry
Click this to configure a customized service.
Name This is the name of your customized service.
Description This is a description of your customized service.
Ports/
Protocol
Number
This shows the port number or range and the IP protocol (TCP or UDP) that defines your customized
service.
Modify Click this to edit a customized service.
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
188
Figure 141 Security > Firewall > Protocol: Add New Protocol Entry
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
13.5 Access Control (Rules)
An Access Control List (ACL) rule is a manually-defined rule that can accept, reject, or drop incoming or
outgoing packets from your network. This screen displays a list of the configured incoming or outgoing
filtering rules. Note the order in which the rules are listed. Click Security > Firewall > Access Control to
display the following screen.
Note: The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn.
Figure 142 Security > Firewall > Access Control
Table 68 Security > Firewall > Protocol: Add New Protocol Entry
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port.
Description Enter a description for your custom port.
Protocol Choose the protocol (TCP, UDP, ICMP, ICMPv6, or Other) that defines your customized port from
the drop down list box.
Protocol Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers (0-255) that define your customized
service.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
189
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
13.5.1 Add New ACL Rule Screen
Use this screen to configure firewall rules. In the Access Control screen, select an index number and click
Add New ACL Rule or click a rule’s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for
information on the labels.
Table 69 Security > Firewall > Rules
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Rules Storage Space
Usage
This read-only bar shows how much of the Zyxel Device's memory for recording firewall
rules it is currently using. When you are using 80% or less of the storage space, the bar is
green. When the amount of space used is over 80%, the bar is red.
Add New ACL Rule Select an index number and click Add New ACL Rule to add a new firewall rule after the
selected index number. For example, if you select “6”, your new rule becomes number 7
and the previous rule 7 (if there is one) becomes rule 8.
# This field displays the rule index number. The ordering of your rules is important as rules are
applied in turn.
Name This field displays the rule name.
Src IP This field displays the source IP addresses to which this rule applies.
Dest IP This field displays the destination IP addresses to which this rule applies.
Service This field displays the protocol (All, TCP, UDP, TCP/UDP, ICMP, ICMPv6, or any) used to
transport the packets for which you want to apply the rule.
Action Displays whether the firewall silently discards packets (Drop), discards packets and sends
a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination-unreachable message to the sender (Reject),
or allow the passage of (Accept) packets that match this rule.
Modify Click the Edit icon to edit the firewall rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing firewall rule.
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
190
Figure 143 Security > Firewall > Access Control > Add New ACL Rule
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 70 Security > Firewall > Access Control > Add New ACL Rule
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Filter Name Type a unique name for your filter rule.
Order Assign the order of your rules as rules are applied in turn.
Select Source IP
Address
If you want the source to come from a particular (single) IP, select Specific IP Address. If
not, select from a detected device.
Source IP Address If you selected Specific IP Address in the previous item, enter the source device’s IP
address here. Otherwise this field will be hidden if you select the detected device.
Select Destination
Device
If you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular (single) IP, select Specific IP
Address. If not, select a detected device.
Destination IP Address If you selected Specific IP Address in the previous item, enter the destination device’s IP
address here. Otherwise this field will be hidden if you select the detected device.
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
191
13.6 DoS
DoS (Denial of Service) attacks can flood your Internet connection with invalid packets and connection
requests, using so much bandwidth and so many resources that Internet access becomes unavailable.
Use the DoS screen to activate protection against DoS attacks.
Click Security > Firewall > DoS to display the following screen.
Figure 144 Security > Firewall > DoS
IP Type Select between IPv4 or IPv6. Compared to IPv4, IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6), is
designed to enhance IP address size and features. The increase in IPv6 address size to
128 bits (from the 32-bit IPv4 address) allows up to 3.4 x 1038 IP addresses. The Zyxel
Device can use IPv4/IPv6 dual stack to connect to IPv4 and IPv6 networks, and supports
IPv6 rapid deployment (6RD).
Select Service Select a service from the Select Service box.
Protocol Select the protocol (ALL, TCP/UDP, TCP, UDP, ICMP, or ICMPv6) used to transport the
packets for which you want to apply the rule.
Custom Source Port This is a single port number or the starting port number of a range that defines your rule.
Custom Destination
Port
This is a single port number or the ending port number of a range that defines your rule.
TCP Flag Select the TCP Flag (SYN, ACK, URG, PSH, RST, FIN).
Policy Use the drop-down list box to select whether to discard (Drop), deny and send an ICMP
destination-unreachable message to the sender (Reject), or allow the passage of
(Accept) packets that match this rule.
Direction Select WAN to LAN to apply the rule to traffic from WAN to LAN. Select LAN to WAN to
apply the rule to traffic from LAN to WAN. Select WAN to Router to apply the rule to traffic
from WAN to router. Select LAN to Router to apply the rule to traffic from LAN to router.
Enable Rate Limit Click to enable (switch turns blue) the setting of maximum number of packets per
maximum number of minute/second to limit the throughput of traffic that matches this
rule. If not, the next item will be disabled.
Scheduler Rules
packet(s) per (1-512) Enter the maximum number of packets (1- 512) per minute/second.
Add New Rule Select a schedule rule for this ACL rule from the drop-down list box. You can configure a
new schedule rule by clicking Add New Rule.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Table 70 Security > Firewall > Access Control > Add New ACL Rule (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
192
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
13.7 Firewall Technical Reference
This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter.
13.7.1 Firewall Rules Overview
Your customized rules take precedence and override the Zyxel Device’s default settings. The Zyxel
Device checks the source IP address, destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic
against the firewall rules (in the order you list them). When the traffic matches a rule, the Zyxel Device
takes the action specified in the rule.
Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply:
By default, the Zyxel Device’s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following
directions:
• LAN to Router
These rules specify which computers on the LAN can manage the Zyxel Device (remote
management).
Note: You can also configure the remote management settings to allow only a specific
computer to manage the Zyxel Device.
• LAN to WAN
These rules specify which computers on the LAN can access which computers or services on the
WAN.
By default, the Zyxel Device’s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following
directions:
•WAN to LAN
These rules specify which computers on the WAN can access which computers or services on the
LAN.
Note: You also need to configure NAT port forwarding (or full featured NAT address mapping
rules) to allow computers on the WAN to access devices on the LAN.
Table 71 Security > Firewall > DoS
LABEL DESCRIPTION
DoS Protection
Blocking
Enable this to protect against DoS attacks. The Zyxel Device will drop sessions that surpass
maximum thresholds.
Apply Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings.
• LAN to Router • WAN to LAN
• LAN to WAN • WAN to Router
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
193
•WAN to Router
By default the Zyxel Device stops computers on the WAN from managing the Zyxel Device. You could
configure one of these rules to allow a WAN computer to manage the Zyxel Device.
Note: You also need to configure the remote management settings to allow a WAN
computer to manage the Zyxel Device.
You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in
doing so.
For example, you may create rules to:
• Block certain types of traffic, such as IRC (Internet Relay Chat), from the LAN to the Internet.
• Allow certain types of traffic, such as Lotus Notes database synchronization, from specific hosts on the
Internet to specific hosts on the LAN.
• Allow everyone except your competitors to access a web server.
• Restrict use of certain protocols, such as Telnet, to authorized users on the LAN.
These custom rules work by comparing the source IP address, destination IP address and IP protocol
type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator. Your customized rules take precedence and
override the Zyxel Device’s default rules.
13.7.2 Guidelines For Security Enhancement With Your Firewall
1Change the default password via the Web Configurator.
2Think about access control before you connect to the network in any way.
3Limit who can access your router.
4Don't enable any local service (such as telnet or FTP) that you don't use. Any enabled service could
present a potential security risk. A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the
enabled services to access the firewall or the network.
5For local services that are enabled, protect against misuse. Protect by configuring the services to
communicate only with specific peers, and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services
at specific interfaces.
6Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active.
7Keep the firewall in a secured (locked) room.
13.7.3 Security Considerations
Note: Incorrectly configuring the firewall may block valid access or introduce security risks to
the Zyxel Device and your protected network. Use caution when creating or deleting
firewall rules and test your rules after you configure them.
Consider these security ramifications before creating a rule:
Chapter 13 Firewall
LTE Series User’s Guide
194
1Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet? For example, if IRC
(Internet Relay Chat) is blocked, are there users that require this service?
2Is it possible to modify the rule to be more specific? For example, if IRC is blocked for all users, will a rule
that blocks just certain users be more effective?
3Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability? For
example, if FTP ports (TCP 20, 21) are allowed from the Internet to the LAN, Internet users may be able to
connect to computers with running FTP servers.
4Does this rule conflict with any existing rules?
Once these questions have been answered, adding rules is simply a matter of entering the information
into the correct fields in the Web Configurator screens.
LTE Series User’s Guide
195
CHAPTER 14
MAC Filter
14.1 MAC Filter Overview
You can configure the Zyxel Device to permit access to clients based on their MAC addresses in the
MAC Filter screen. This applies to wired and wireless connections. Every Ethernet device has a unique
MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six
pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example, 00:A0:C5:00:00:02. You need to know the MAC addresses
of the LAN client to configure this screen.
14.2 MAC Filter
Enable MAC Address Filter and add the host name and MAC address of a LAN client to the table if you
wish to allow or deny them access to your network. You can choose to enable or disable the filters per
entry; make sure that the check box under Active is selected if you want to use a filter. Select Security >
MAC Filter. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 145 Security > MAC Filter
Chapter 14 MAC Filter
LTE Series User’s Guide
196
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
14.2.1 Add New Rule
You can choose to enable or disable the filters per entry; make sure that the check box under Active is
selected if you want to use a filter, as shown in the example below. Select Security > MAC Filter > Add
New Rule. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 146 Security > MAC Filter > Add New Rule
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 72 Security > MAC Filter
LABEL DESCRIPTION
MAC Address Filter Select Enable to activate the MAC filter function.
MAC Restrict Mode Select Allow to only permit the listed MAC addresses access to the Zyxel Device. Select
Deny to permit anyone access to the Zyxel Device except the listed MAC addresses.
Add New Rule Click this button to create a new entry.
Set This is the index number of the MAC address.
Active Select Active to enable the MAC filter rule. The rule will not be applied if Allow is not
selected under MAC Restrict Mode.
Host Name Enter the host name of the wireless or LAN clients that are allowed access to the Zyxel
Device.
MAC Address Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless or LAN clients that are allowed access to the Zyxel
Device in these address fields. Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format, that
is, six hexadecimal character pairs, for example, 12:34:56:78:9a:bc.
Delete Click the Delete icon to delete an existing rule.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 73 Security > MAC Filter > Add New Rule
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Set This is the index number of the MAC address.
Active Select Active to enable the MAC filter rule. The rule will not be applied if Allow is not
selected under MAC Restrict Mode.
Host Name Enter the host name of the wireless or LAN clients that are allowed access to the
Zyxel Device.
MAC Address Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless or LAN clients that are allowed access to
the Zyxel Device in these address fields. Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC
address format, that is, six hexadecimal character pairs, for example,
12:34:56:78:9a:bc.
Delete Click the Delete icon to delete an existing rule.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
LTE Series User’s Guide
197
CHAPTER 15
Parental Control
15.1 Overview
Use this screen to enable parental control and view parental control rules and schedules. Parental
control allows you to limit the time users can access the Internet, and prevent users from viewing
inappropriate content or participating in unauthorized online activities. These rules are defined in a
Parental Control Profile (PCP).
15.2 The Parental Control Screen
Use this screen to enable parental control, view the parental control rules and schedules.
Click Security > Parental Control to open the following screen.
Figure 147 Security > Parental Control
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 74 Parental Control > Parental Control
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Parental Control Select Enable to activate parental control.
Add New PCP Click this if you want to configure a new parental control rule.
#This shows the index number of the rule.
Chapter 15 Parental Control
LTE Series User’s Guide
198
Status This indicates whether the rule is active or not.
A yellow bulb signifies that this rule is active. A gray bulb signifies that this rule is not
active.
PCP Name This shows the name of the rule.
Home Network User
(MAC)
This shows the MAC address of the LAN user’s computer to which this rule applies.
Internet Access
Schedule
This shows the day(s) and time on which parental control is enabled.
Network Service This shows whether the network service is configured. If not, None will be shown.
Website Blocked This shows whether the website block is configured. If not, None will be shown.
Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing rule.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Table 74 Parental Control > Parental Control (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 15 Parental Control
LTE Series User’s Guide
199
15.2.1 Add New Parental Control Rule
Click Add New PCP in the Parental Control screen to add a new PCP rule. Use this screen to configure a
restricted access schedule and/or URL filtering settings to block the users on your network from
accessing certain websites.
Figure 148 Parental Control > Parental Control > Add New PCP
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 75 Parental Control > Parental Control > Add New PCP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General
Active Select Enable to activate this parental control rule.
Chapter 15 Parental Control
LTE Series User’s Guide
200
Parental Control
Profile Name
Enter a descriptive name for the rule.
Home Network User Select the LAN user that you want to apply this rule to from the drop-down list box.
If you select Custom, enter the LAN user’s MAC address. If you select All, the rule
applies to all LAN users.
Rule List In Home Netw ork User , select Custom, enter the LAN user’s MAC address, then click
the + sign to enter a computer MAC address for this PCP. Up to five are allowed.
Click the - sign to remove one.
Internet Access Schedule
Day Select the days that you want the Zyxel Device to perform parental control.
Time Drag the time bar to define the time that the LAN user is allowed access.
Add New Time Click this to add a new time bar. Up to three are allowed.
Network Service
Network Service
Setting
If you select Block, the Zyxel Device prohibits the users from viewing the Web sites
with the URLs listed below.
If you select Allow, the Zyxel Device blocks access to all URLs except the ones listed
below.
Add New Service Click this to show a screen in which you can add a new service rule. You can
configure the Add New Service, Protocol, and Port of the new rule.
#This shows the index number of the rule. Select the checkbox next to the rule to
activate it.
Protocol This shows the protocol of the rule. Choices are TCP, UDP, or TCP& UDP.
Port This shows the port of the rule.
Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing rule.
Site/URL Keyword
Block or Allow the
Web Site
If you select Block the Web URLs, the Zyxel Device prohibits the users from viewing
the Web sites with the URLs listed below.
If you select Allow the Web URLs, the Zyxel Device blocks access to all URLs except
the ones listed below.
#This shows the index number of the rule.
Website This shows the URL of web site or URL keyword to which the Zyxel Device blocks or
allows access.
Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule.
Click the Delete icon to delete an existing rule.
Add Click Add to show a screen to enter the URL of web site or URL keyword to which
the Zyxel Device blocks or allows access.
OK Click OK to save your settings back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen without saving any changes.
Table 75 Parental Control > Parental Control > Add New PCP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
201
CHAPTER 16
Certificates
16.1 Certificates Overview
The Zyxel Device can use certificates (also called digital IDs) to authenticate users. Certificates are
based on public-private key pairs. A certificate contains the certificate owner’s identity and public key.
Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication.
16.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the Local Certificates screen to view and import the Zyxel Device’s CA-signed (Certification
Authority) certificates (Section 16.2 on page 201).
• Use the Trusted CA screen to save the certificates of trusted CAs to the Zyxel Device. You can also
export the certificates to a computer (Section 16.3 on page 205).
16.2 Local Certificates
Use this screen to view the Zyxel Device’s summary list of certificates, generate certification requests,
and import signed certificates. You can import the following certificates to your Zyxel Device:
• Web Server - This certificate secures HTTP connections.
• SSH- This certificate secures remote connections.
Click Security > Certificates to open the Local Certificates screen.
Figure 149 Security > Certificates > Local Certificates
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
202
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
16.2.1 Create Certificate Request
Click Security > Certificates > Local Certificates and then Create Certificate Request to open the
following screen. Use this screen to have the Zyxel Device generate a certification request. To create a
certificate signing request, you need to enter a common name, organization name, state/province
name, and the two-letter country code for the certificate.
Table 76 Security > Certificates > Local Certificates
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Replace Private Key/Certificate file in PEM format
Private Key is
protected by
password
Select the check box and enter the private key into the text box to store it on the Zyxel Device.
The private key should not exceed 63 ASCII characters (not including spaces).
Choose File Click this button to find the certificate file you want to upload.
Import Certificate Click this button to save the certificate that you have enrolled from a certification authority
from your computer to the Zyxel Device.
Create Certificate
Request
Click this button to go to the screen where you can have the Zyxel Device generate a
certification request.
Current File This field displays the name used to identify this certificate. It is recommended that you give
each certificate a unique name.
Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s owner, such as CN (Common
Name), OU (Organizational Unit or department), O (Organization or company) and C
(Country). It is recommended that each certificate have a unique subject information.
Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s issuing certification authority,
such as a common name, organizational unit or department, organization or company and
country.
Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable. The text displays in red
and includes a Not Yet Valid! message if the certificate has not yet become applicable.
Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and includes an
Expiring! or Expired! message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired.
Modify Click the View icon to open a screen with an in-depth list of information about the certificate.
For a certification request, click Load Signed to import the signed certificate.
Click the Remove icon to remove the certificate (or certification request). A window displays
asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate. Note that subsequent
certificates move up by one when you take this action.
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
203
Figure 150 Create Certificate Request
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
16.2.2 View Certificate Request
Use this screen to view in-depth information about the certificate request. The Certificate is used to verify
the authenticity of the certification authority. The Private Key serves as your digital signature for
authentication and must be safely stored. The Signing Request contains the certificate signing request
value that you will copy upon submitting the certificate request to the CA (certificate authority).
Click the View icon in the Local Certificates screen to open the following screen.
Table 77 Create Certificate Request
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Certificate
Name
Type up to 63 ASCII characters (not including spaces) to identify this certificate.
Common Name Select Auto to have the Zyxel Device configure this field automatically. Or select Customize to
enter it manually.
Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation), domain name or email address in the field
provided. The domain name or email address can be up to 63 ASCII characters. The domain
name or email address is for identification purposes only and can be any string.
Organization
Name
Type up to 63 characters to identify the company or group to which the certificate owner
belongs. You may use any character, including spaces, but the Zyxel Device drops trailing
spaces.
State/Province
Name
Type up to 32 characters to identify the state or province where the certificate owner is located.
You may use any character, including spaces, but the Zyxel Device drops trailing spaces.
Country/Region
Name
Select a country to identify the nation where the certificate owner is located.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
204
Figure 151 Certificate Request: View
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 78 Certificate Request: View
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate.
Type This field displays general information about the certificate. ca means that a Certification
Authority signed the certificate.
Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common Name
(CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O) and Country (C).
Certificate This read-only text box displays the certificate in Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses
base 64 to convert the binary certificate into a printable form.
You can copy and paste the certificate into an email to send to friends or colleagues or you can
copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer
for later distribution.
Private Key This field displays the private key of this certificate.
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
205
16.3 Trusted CA
Click Security > Certificates > Tru sted CA to open the following screen. This screen displays a summary list
of certificates of the certification authorities that you have set the Zyxel Device to accept as trusted. The
Zyxel Device accepts any valid certificate signed by a certification authority on this list as being
trustworthy, which means you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these
certification authorities.
Note: A maximum of 4 certificates can be added.
Figure 152 Security > Certificates > Trusted CA
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Signing Request This field displays the CSR (Certificate Signing Request) information of this certificate. The CSR will
be provided to a certificate authority, and it includes information about the public key,
organization name, domain name, location, and country of this certificate.
Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.
Table 78 Certificate Request: View (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Table 79 Security > Certificates > Trusted CA
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Import Certificate Click this button to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification
authority that you trust to the Zyxel Device.
# This is the index number of the entry.
Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate.
Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as Common
Name (CN), OU (Organizational Unit or department), Organization (O), State (ST) and Country
(C). It is recommended that each certificate have a unique subject information.
Type This field displays general information about the certificate. ca means that a Certification
Authority signed the certificate.
Modify Click the View icon to open a screen with an in-depth list of information about the certificate
(or certification request).
Click the Remove icon to delete the certificate (or certification request). You cannot delete a
certificate that one or more features is configured to use.
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
206
16.4 Import Trusted CA Certificate
Click Import Certificate in the Trusted CA screen to open the Import Certificate screen. The Zyxel Device
trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the imported trusted CA certificates. Certificates should be in
one of the following formats: Binary X.509, PEM (base-64) encoded, Binary PKCS#7, or PEM (base-64)
encoded PKCS#7.
Note: You must remove any spaces from the certificate’s filename before you can import the
certificate.
Figure 153 Trusted CA > Import
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
16.5 View Trusted CA Certificate
Use this screen to view in-depth information about the certification authority’s certificate. The certificate
text box is read-only and can be distributed to others.
Click Security > Certificates > Trusted CA to open the Trusted CA screen. Click the View icon to open the
View Certificate screen.
Table 80 Security > Certificates > Trusted CA > Import
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Certificate File
Path
Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Choose File to find it.
Choose File Click this button to find the certificate file you want to upload.
OK Click this to save the certificate on the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
207
Figure 154 Trusted CA: View
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
16.6 Certificates Technical Reference
This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter.
Certification Authorities
A Certification Authority (CA) issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner.
There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign and government certification
authorities.
Table 81 Trusted CA: View
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate.
This read-only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced
Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a
printable form.
You can copy and paste the certificate into an email to send to friends or colleagues or you
can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management
computer for later distribution (via USB thumb drive for example).
Back Click this to return to the previous screen.
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
208
Public and Private Keys
When using public-key cryptology for authentication, each host has two keys. One key is public and can
be made openly available; the other key is private and must be kept secure. Public-key encryption in
general works as follows.
1Tim wants to send a private message to Jenny. Tim generates a public-private key pair. What is
encrypted with one key can only be decrypted using the other.
2Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available.
3Tim uses his private key to encrypt the message and sends it to Jenny.
4Jenny receives the message and uses Tim’s public key to decrypt it.
5Additionally, Jenny uses her own private key to encrypt a message and Tim uses Jenny’s public key to
decrypt the message.
The Zyxel Device uses certificates based on public-key cryptology to authenticate users attempting to
establish a connection. The method used to secure the data that you send through an established
connection depends on the type of connection. For example, a VPN tunnel might use the triple DES
encryption algorithm.
The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates. Anyone can then use the certification
authority’s public key to verify the certificates.
Advantages of Certificates
Certificates offer the following benefits.
• The Zyxel Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to
trust, no matter how many devices you need to authenticate.
• Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never
need to transmit private keys.
Certificate File Format
The certification authority certificate that you want to import has to be in PEM (Base-64) encoded X.509
file format. This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary X.509
certificate into a printable form.
16.6.1 Verify a Certificate
Before you import a trusted CA or trusted remote host certificate into the Zyxel Device, you should verify
that you have the actual certificate. This is especially true of trusted CA certificates since the Zyxel
Device also trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the imported trusted CA certificates.
You can use a certificate’s fingerprint to verify it. A certificate’s fingerprint is a message digest
calculated using the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. The following procedure describes how to check a
certificate’s fingerprint to verify that you have the actual certificate.
1Browse to where you have the certificate saved on your computer.
Chapter 16 Certificates
LTE Series User’s Guide
209
2Make sure that the certificate has a “.cer” or “.crt” file name extension.
Figure 155 Certificates on Your Computer
3Double-click the certificate’s icon to open the Certificate window. Click the Details tab and scroll down
to the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields.
Figure 156 Certificate Details
Use a secure method to verify that the certificate owner has the same information in the Thumbprint
Algorithm and Thumbprint fields. The secure method may vary based on your situation. Possible
examples would be over the telephone or through an HTTPS connection.
LTE Series User’s Guide
210
CHAPTER 17
Voice
17.1 Overview
4G only supports all-IP-based packet-switched telephony services. When Voice service is enabled, the
Zyxel Device supports Circuit Switched FallBack (CSFB) to deliver/receive circuit-switched voice calls
and text messages via a 3G mobile network and then goes back to the 4G LTE network to transmit data
packets.
With the voice service, users do not need a SIP account and SIP server to make phone calls over the
Internet.
17.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
These screens allow you to configure your Zyxel Device to make phone calls over the Internet and your
regular phone line, and to set up the phone you connect to the Zyxel Device.
• Use the Voice Mode screen to enable VoIP or VoLTE services on the Zyxel Device (Section 17.2 on
page 210).
• Use the SIP Account screen to set up information about your SIP account, control which SIP accounts
the phones connected to the LTE Device use and configure audio settings such as volume levels for
the phones connected to the ZyXEL Device (Section 17.3.1 on page 211).
• Use the SIP Service Provider screen to configure the SIP server information, and the numbers for
certain phone functions (Section 17.3.3 on page 215).
• Use the Phone screen to change settings that depend on which region of the world the Zyxel Device
is in (Section 17.4 on page 219).
• Use the Call Rule screen to set up shortcuts for dialing frequently-used (VoIP) phone numbers (Section
17.5 on page 219).
• Use the Call History screen to view a call history list(Section 17.6 on page 220).
17.2 Voice Mode
Use this screen to enable VoIP or VoLTE services on the Zyxel Device. To access this screen, click Voice >
Voice Mode.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
211
Figure 157 Voice > Voice Mode
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
17.3 SIP
SIP stands for Session Initiation Protocol. SIP is a signalling standard that lets one network device (like a
computer or the Zyxel Device) send messages to another. In VoIP, these messages are about phone
calls over the network. For example, when you dial a number on your Zyxel Device, it sends a SIP
message over the network asking the other device (the number you dialed) to take part in the call. To
access this screen, click Voice > SIP.
17.3.1 SIP Account
You can make calls over the Internet using VoIP technology. For this, you first need to set up a SIP
account with a SIP service provider. The Zyxel Device uses a SIP account to make outgoing VoIP calls,
and to check if an incoming call’s destination number matches your SIP account’s VoIP number. In
order to make and receive VoIP calls, you need to enable and configure a SIP account, and then map
it to a phone port. The SIP account contains information that allows your Zyxel Device to connect to your
VoIP service provider.
To access this screen, click Voice > SIP > SIP Account.
Table 82 Voice > Voice Mode
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Configuration
Voice Service Select Enable to activate VoIP or VoLTE on the Zyxel Device.
Apply Click Apply to save the settings.
Cancel Click Cancel to start configuring this screen again.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
212
Figure 158 Voice > SIP > SIP Account.
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
17.3.2 SIP Account Entry Edit
You can configure a SIP account. To access this screen, click the Modify icon.
Table 83 Voice > SIP > SIP Account
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the index number of the entry.
Enable This shows whether the SIP account is activated or not. A yellow bulb signifies that
this SIP account is activated. A gray bulb signifies that this SIP account is activated.
SIP Account This shows the name of the SIP account.
Service Provider This shows the name of the SIP service provider.
Account Number This shows the SIP number.
Modify Click the Modify icon to configure the SIP account.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
213
Figure 159 Voice > SIP > SIP Account > SIP Account Entry Edit
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 84 Voice > SIP > SIP Account > SIP Account Entry Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
SIP Service Provider Association
SIP Service Provider
Associated with
Select the check box to use this account. Clear it to not use this account.
General
SIP Account Number Enter your SIP number. In the full SIP URI, this is the part before the @ symbol. You can
use up to 127 printable ASCII characters.
Authentication
User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account, exactly as it was given to you.
You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
214
Password Enter the password for registering this SIP account, exactly as it was given to you.
You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters.
URL Type
URL Type Select whether or not to include the SIP service domain name when the LTE Device
sends the SIP number.
SIP - include the SIP service domain name.
TEL - do not include the SIP service domain name.
Voice Features
Primary Compression Type
Secondary Compression
Type
Third Compression Type
Select the type of voice coder/decoder (codec) that you want the LTE Device to
use.
G.711 provides higher voice quality but requires more bandwidth (64 kbps).
• G.729 provides good sound quality and reduces the required bandwidth to 8
kbps.
• G.711a is typically used in Europe.
• G.711u is typically used in North America and Japan.
• G.726-32 operates at 16, 24, 32 or 40 kbps.
• G.722 operates at 6.3 kbps or 5.3 kbps.
When two SIP devices start a SIP session, they must agree on a codec.
Select the LTE Device’s first choice for voice coder/decoder.
Select the LTE Device’s second choice for voice coder/decoder. Select None if you
only want the LTE Device to accept the first choice.
Select the LTE Device’s third choice for voice coder/decoder. Select None if you
only want the LTE Device to accept the first or second choice.
Speaking Volume Control Select the loudness that the LTE Device uses for speech that it sends to the peer
device. Choices are Minimum, Middle, and Maximum.
Listening Volume Control Select the loudness that the LTE Device uses for speech that it receives from the peer
device. Choices are Minimum, Middle, and Maximum.
Enable G. 168 Select this if you want to eliminate the echo caused by the sound of your voice
reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk.
Enable VAD Select this if the LTE Device should stop transmitting when you are not speaking. This
reduces the bandwidth the LTE Device uses.
Call Features
Send Caller ID Select this if you want to send identification when you make VoIP phone calls. Clear
this if you do not want to send identification.
Enable Call Waiting Select this to enable call waiting on the LTE Device. This allows you to place a call on
hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone (directory)
number.
Call Waiting Reject Timer Specify a time of seconds that the LTE Device waits before rejecting the second call
if you do not answer it.
Enable Do Not Disturb
(DND)
Select this to turn the do not disturb feature on. This has the Zyxel Device reject
all calls destined to the phone line.
Active Incoming
Anonymous Call Block
Select this to have the phone not ring for incoming calls with caller ID deactivated.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Table 84 Voice > SIP > SIP Account > SIP Account Entry Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
215
17.3.3 SIP Service Provider
Use this screen to view the SIP service provider information on the Zyxel Device. A SIP provider offers
Internet call services using VoIP technology. You may need to consult your SIP service provider for the
following settings. To access this screen, click Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider.
Figure 160 Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
17.3.4 Provider Entry Edit
Use this screen to configure the SIP server information, the numbers for certain phone functions
and dialing plan for a SIP service provider. Click Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider and then click the
Modify icon next to a profile of SIP service provider settings to open the following screen.
Table 85 Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the index number of the entry.
SIP Service Provider Name This shows the name of the SIP service provider.
SIP Proxy Server Address This shows the IP address or domain name of the SIP server.
Register Server Address This shows the IP address or domain name of the SIP register server.
SIP Service Domain Enter the SIP service domain name. In the full SIP URI, this is the part after the
@symbol. You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters.
Modify Click the Modify icon to configure the profile of SIP service provider settings.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
216
Figure 161 Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider: Edit
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 86 Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider: Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General
SIP Service Provider Select this if you want the Zyxel Device to use this SIP provider. Clear it if you do not
want the Zyxel Device to use this SIP provider.
SIP Service Provider Name Enter the name of your SIP service provider.
SIP Local Port Enter the Zyxel Device’s listening port number, if your VoIP service provider gave you
one. Otherwise, keep the default value.
SIP Proxy Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your VoIP service
provider. You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters. It does not matter
whether the SIP server is a proxy, redirect or register server.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
217
SIP Proxy Server Port Enter the SIP server’s listening port number, if your VoIP service provider gave you
one. Otherwise, keep the default value.
SIP REGISTAR Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP register server, if your VoIP service
provider gave you one. Otherwise, enter the same address you entered in the SIP
Server Address field. You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters.
SIP REGISTAR Server Port Enter the SIP register server’s listening port number, if your VoIP service provider gave
you one. Otherwise, enter the same port number you entered in the SIP Server Port
field.
SIP Service Domain Enter the SIP service domain name. In the full SIP URI, this is the part after the @
symbol. You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters.
RFC Support
PRACK (RFC 3262) RFC 3262 defines a mechanism to provide reliable transmission of SIP provisional
response messages, which convey information on the processing progress of the
request. This uses the option tag 100rel and the Provisional Response
ACKnowledgement (PRACK) method.
Select Supported or Required to have the Zyxel Device include a SIP Require/
Supported header field with the option tag 100rel in all INVITE requests. When the
Zyxel Device receives a SIP response message indicating that the phone it called is
ringing, the Zyxel Device sends a PRACK message to have both sides confirm the
message is received.
If you select Supported, the peer device supports the option tag 100rel to send
provisional responses reliably.
If you select Required, the peer device requires the option tag 100rel to send
provisional responses reliably.
Select Disabled to turn off this function.
VoIP IOP Flags - Select VoIP inter-operability settings.
Replace dial digit '#' to '%23' in SIP messages.
Remove ':5060' and 'transport=udp' from request-uri in SIP messages.
Remove the 'Route' header in SIP messages.
Don't send re-Invite to the remote party when there are multiple codecs answered
in the Session Description Protocol (SDP).
Remove the 'Authentication' header in SIP ACK messages.
Bound Interface Name
Bound Interface Name If you select AnyWAN, the Zyxel Device automatically activates the VoIP service
when any WAN connection is up.
If you select MultiWAN, you also need to select the pre-configured WAN
connections. The VoIP service is activated only when one of the selected WAN
connections is up.
Outbound Proxy
Enable Select this if your VoIP service provider has a SIP outbound server to handle voice
calls. This allows the Zyxel Device to work with any type of NAT router and eliminates
the need for STUN or a SIP ALG. Turn off any SIP ALG on a NAT router in front of the
Zyxel Device to keep it from re-translating the IP address (since this is already
handled by the outbound proxy server).
Outbound Proxy Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP outbound proxy server.
Outbound Proxy Port Enter the SIP outbound proxy server’s listening port, if your VoIP service provider gave
you one. Otherwise, keep the default value.
Use DHCP Option 120 first Select this to have the Zyxel Device use DHCP Option 120 first.
Table 86 Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider: Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
218
RTP Port Range
Start Port
End Port
Enter the listening port number(s) for RTP traffic, if your VoIP service provider gave
you this information. Otherwise, keep the default values.
To enter one port number, enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields.
To enter a range of ports,
• enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field.
• enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field.
DTMF Mode Control how the Zyxel Device handles the tones that your telephone makes when
you push its buttons. You should use the same mode your VoIP service provider uses.
RFC2833 - send the DTMF tones in RTP packets.
Inband - send the DTMF tones in the voice data stream. This method works best
when you are using a codec that does not use compression (like G.711). Codecs
that use compression (like G.726) can distort the tones.
SIPInfo - send the DTMF tones in SIP messages.
Transport Type
Transport Type Select the transport layer protocol UDP or TCP (usually UDP) used for SIP.
Ignore Direct IP Select Enable to have the connected devices accept SIP requests only from the SIP
proxy/register server specified above. SIP requests sent from other IP addresses will
be ignored.
FAX Option This field controls how the Zyxel Device handles fax messages.
QoS Tag
SIP DSCP Mark Setting Enter the DSCP (DiffServ Code Point) number for SIP message transmissions. The Zyxel
Device creates Class of Service (CoS) priority tags with this number to SIP traffic that
it transmits.
RTP DSCP Mark Setting Enter the DSCP (DiffServ Code Point) number for RTP voice transmissions. The Zyxel
Device creates Class of Service (CoS) priority tags with this number to RTP traffic that
it transmits.
Timer Setting
SIP Register Expiration
Duration
Enter the number of seconds your SIP account is registered with the SIP register server
before it is deleted. The Zyxel Device automatically tries to re-register your SIP
account when one-half of this time has passed (The SIP register server might have a
different expiration).
SIP Register Fall Re-try timer Enter the number of seconds the Zyxel Device waits before it tries again to register
the SIP account, if the first try failed or if there is no response.
Session Expires [SE] Enter the number of seconds the Zyxel Device lets a SIP session remain idle (without
traffic) before it automatically disconnects the session.
Min-SE Enter the minimum number of seconds the Zyxel Device lets a SIP session remain idle
(without traffic) before it automatically disconnects the session. When two SIP
devices start a SIP session, they must agree on an expiration time for idle sessions. This
field is the shortest expiration time that the Zyxel Device accepts.
Dialing interval selection
Dialing interval selection Enter the number of seconds the Zyxel Device should wait after you stop dialing
numbers before it makes the phone call. The value depends on how quickly you dial
phone numbers.
Enable DNS SRV Select this to have the Zyxel Device query your ISP’s DNS server for a list of any
available SIP servers that it maintains. This is useful if your static SIP server experiences
difficulties, making it hard for your IP phone users to make SIP calls.
Table 86 Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider: Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
219
17.4 Phone
Use this screen to configure settings that depend on which region of the world the Zyxel Device is in.
Selecting the region where the device is physically located improves the quality of phone calls. To
access this screen, click Voice > Phone.
Figure 162 Voice > Phone
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Note: You need to reboot the device after changing the region settings for it to take effect.
17.5 Call Rule
Use this screen to add, edit, or remove speed-dial numbers for outgoing calls. Speed dial provides
shortcuts for dialing frequently-used (VoIP) phone numbers. You also have to create speed-dial entries if
you want to call SIP numbers that contain letters. Once you have configured a speed dial rule, you can
use a shortcut (the speed dial number, #01 for example) on your phone's keypad to call the phone
number. To access this screen, click Voice > Call Rule.
OK Click this to save your changes.
Cancel Click this to exit this screen without saving.
Table 86 Voice > SIP > SIP Service Provider: Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Table 87 Voice > Phone
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Region Setting Select the place in which the Zyxel Device is located.
Call Service Mode Select the mode for supplementary phone services (call hold, call waiting, call
transfer and three-way conference calls) that your VoIP service provider supports.
•Europe Type - use supplementary phone services in European mode.
•USA Type - use supplementary phone services American mode.
You might have to subscribe to these services to use them. Contact your VoIP
service provider.
Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last-saved value.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
220
Figure 163 Voice > Call Rule
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
17.6 Call History
The Zyxel Device logs calls from or to your SIP addresses. This screen allows you to view a summary of
received, dialed and missed calls and a call history list. You can also view detailed information on each
outgoing and incoming call.
17.6.1 Call History Screen
To access this screen, click Voice > Call History.
Table 88 Voice > Call Rule
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Keys This field displays the speed-dial number you should dial to use this entry.
Number Enter the SIP number you want the Zyxel Device to call when you dial the speed-dial
number.
Description Enter a short description to identify the party you call when you dial the speed-dial
number. You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters.
Clear All Speed Dials Click this button to remove all speed dials saved.
Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last-saved value.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
221
Figure 164 Voice > Call History
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
17.6.2 Call Summary Screen
The Zyxel Device logs calls to or from your SIP addresses. This screen allows you to view the summary of
received, dialed and missed calls. To access this screen, click Voice > Call History > Call Summary.
Figure 165 Voice > Call History > Call Summary
Table 89 Voice > Call History
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Classify Select the type of the calls. The call types are: Incoming, Outgoing and Missed.
Clear List Click this button to remove all entries from the call history list.
Refresh Click this button to renew the call history list.
Export Click Export to download a call history list.
Type This displays the type of the calls.
Date This displays the date when the calls were made.
Name This displays the SIP account you called.
Number This displays the SIP number you called.
Phone Device This field displays the name of a phone port on the Zyxel Device.
Outgoing Number This displays how many calls originated from you that day.
Duration This displays how long the current call has lasted.
Modify Click the Modify icon to make changes to the call history.
Chapter 17 Voice
LTE Series User’s Guide
222
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 90 Voice > Call History > Call Summary
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Refresh Click this button to renew the call history list.
Clear All Click this button to remove all entries from the call history list.
Date This is the date when the calls were made.
Total Calls This displays the total number of calls from or to your SIP numbers that day.
Outgoing Calls This displays how many calls originated from you that day.
Incoming Calls This displays how many calls you received that day.
Missing Calls This displays how many incoming calls were not answered that day.
Total Duration This displays how long all calls lasted that day.
LTE Series User’s Guide
223
CHAPTER 18
Log
18.1 Log Overview
These screens allow you to determine the categories of events and/or alerts that the Zyxel Device logs
and then display these logs or have the Zyxel Device send them to an administrator (through email) or
to a syslog server.
18.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the System Log screen to see the system logs (Section 18.2 on page 224).
• Use the Security Log screen to see the security-related logs for the categories that you select (Section
18.3 on page 224).
18.1.2 What You Need To Know
The following terms and concepts may help as you read this chapter.
Alerts and Logs
An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention. They include system errors, attacks (access
control) and attempted access to blocked web sites. Some categories such as System Errors consist of
both logs and alerts. You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen. Alerts display in
red and logs display in black.
Syslog Overview
The syslog protocol allows devices to send event notification messages across an IP network to syslog
servers that collect the event messages. A syslog-enabled device can generate a syslog message and
send it to a syslog server.
Syslog is defined in RFC 3164. The RFC defines the packet format, content and system log related
information of syslog messages. Each syslog message has a facility and severity level. The syslog facility
identifies a file in the syslog server. Refer to the documentation of your syslog program for details. The
following table describes the syslog severity levels.
Table 91 Syslog Severity Levels
CODE SEVERITY
0 Emergency: The system is unusable.
1 Alert: Action must be taken immediately.
2 Critical: The system condition is critical.
3 Error: There is an error condition on the system.
4 Warning: There is a warning condition on the system.
Chapter 18 Log
LTE Series User’s Guide
224
18.2 System Log
Use the System Log screen to see the system logs. You can filter the entries by selecting a severity level
and/or category. Click System Monitor > Log to open the System Log screen.
Figure 166 System Monitor > Log > System Log
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
18.3 Security Log
Use the Security Log screen to see the security-related logs for the categories that you select. You can
filter the entries by selecting a severity level and/or category. Click System Monitor > Log > Security Log
to open the following screen.
5 Notice: There is a normal but significant condition on the system.
6 Informational: The syslog contains an informational message.
7 Debugging: The message is intended for debug-level purposes.
Table 91 Syslog Severity Levels
CODE SEVERITY
Table 92 System Monitor > Log > System Log
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Level Select a severity level from the drop-down list box. This filters search results according to the
severity level you have selected. When you select a severity, the Zyxel Device searches through
all logs of that severity or higher.
Category Select the type of logs to display.
Clear Log Click this to delete all the logs.
Refresh Click this to renew the log screen.
Export Log Click this to export the selected log(s).
Email Log Now Click this to send the log file(s) to the email address you specify in the Maintenance > Logs
Setting screen.
#This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry.
Time This field displays the time the log was recorded.
Facility The log facility allows you to send logs to different files in the syslog server. Refer to the
documentation of your syslog program for more details.
Level This field displays the severity level of the log that the device is to send to this syslog server.
Category This field displays the type of the log.
Messages This field states the reason for the log.
Chapter 18 Log
LTE Series User’s Guide
225
Figure 167 System Monitor > Log > Security Log
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 93 System Monitor > Log > Security Log
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Level Select a severity level from the drop-down list box. This filters search results according to the
severity level you have selected. When you select a severity, the Zyxel Device searches through
all logs of that severity or higher.
Category Select the type of logs to display.
Clear Log Click this to delete all the logs.
Refresh Click this to renew the log screen.
Export Log Click this to export the selected log(s).
Email Log Now Click this to send the log file(s) to the email address you specify in the Maintenance > Logs
Setting screen.
#This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry.
Time This field displays the time the log was recorded.
Facility The log facility allows you to send logs to different files in the syslog server. Refer to the
documentation of your syslog program for more details.
Level This field displays the severity level of the log that the device is to send to this syslog server.
Category This field displays the type of the log.
Messages This field states the reason for the log.
LTE Series User’s Guide
226
CHAPTER 19
Traffic Status
19.1 Traffic Status Overview
Use the Traffic Status screens to look at the network traffic status and statistics of the WAN/LAN
interfaces.
19.1.1 What You Can Do in this Chapter
• Use the WAN screen to view the WAN traffic statistics (Section 19.2 on page 226).
• Use the LAN screen to view the LAN traffic statistics (Section 19.3 on page 227).
19.2 WAN Status
Click System Monitor > Traffic Status to open the WAN screen. The figures in this screen show the number
of bytes received and sent through the Zyxel Device’s WAN interface. The table below shows packet
statistics for each WAN interface.
Figure 168 System Monitor > Traffic Status > WAN
Chapter 19 Traffic Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
227
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
19.3 LAN Status
Click System Monitor > Traffic Status > LAN to open the following screen. This screen allows you to view
packet statistics for each LAN or WLAN interface on the Zyxel Device.
Table 94 System Monitor > Traffic Status > WAN
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Refresh Interval Select how often you want the Zyxel Device to update this screen.
Connected
Interface
This shows the name of the WAN interface that is currently connected.
Packets Sent
Data This indicates the number of transmitted packets on this interface.
Error This indicates the number of frames with errors transmitted on this interface.
Drop This indicates the number of outgoing packets dropped on this interface.
Packets Received
Data This indicates the number of received packets on this interface.
Error This indicates the number of frames with errors received on this interface.
Drop This indicates the number of received packets dropped on this interface.
Disabled
Interface
This shows the name of the WAN interface that is currently disabled.
Packets Sent
Data This indicates the number of transmitted packets on this interface.
Error This indicates the number of frames with errors transmitted on this interface.
Drop This indicates the number of outgoing packets dropped on this interface.
Packets Received
Data This indicates the number of received packets on this interface.
Error This indicates the number of frames with errors received on this interface.
Drop This indicates the number of received packets dropped on this interface.
Chapter 19 Traffic Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
228
Figure 169 System Monitor > Traffic Status > LAN
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 95 System Monitor > Traffic Status > LAN
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Refresh Interval Select how often you want the Zyxel Device to update this screen.
Interface This shows the LAN or WLAN interface.
Bytes Sent This indicates the number of bytes transmitted on this interface.
Bytes Received This indicates the number of bytes received on this interface.
Interface This shows the LAN or WLAN interfaces.
Sent (Packets)
Data This indicates the number of transmitted packets on this interface.
Error This indicates the number of frames with errors transmitted on this interface.
Drop This indicates the number of outgoing packets dropped on this interface.
Received (Packets)
Data This indicates the number of received packets on this interface.
Error This indicates the number of frames with errors received on this interface.
Drop This indicates the number of received packets dropped on this interface.
LTE Series User’s Guide
229
CHAPTER 20
ARP Table
20.1 ARP Table Overview
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol (IP) address to a
physical machine address, known as a Media Access Control (MAC) address, on the local area
network.
An IP version 4 address is 32 bits long. MAC addresses are 48 bits long. The ARP table maintains an
association between each MAC address and its corresponding IP address.
20.1.1 How ARP Works
When an incoming packet destined for a host device on a local area network arrives at the device, the
device's ARP program looks in the ARP table and, if it finds the address, sends it to the device.
If no entry is found for the IP address, ARP broadcasts the request to all the devices on the LAN. The
device fills in its own MAC and IP address in the sender address fields, and puts the known IP address of
the target in the target IP address field. In addition, the device puts all ones in the target MAC field
(FF.FF.FF.FF.FF.FF is the Ethernet broadcast address). The replying device (which is either the IP address of
the device being sought or the router that knows the way) replaces the broadcast address with the
target's MAC address, swaps the sender and target pairs, and unicasts the answer directly back to the
requesting machine. ARP updates the ARP table for future reference and then sends the packet to the
MAC address that replied.
Chapter 20 ARP Table
LTE Series User’s Guide
230
20.2 ARP Table
Use the ARP table to view the IPv4-to-MAC address mappings for each device connected to the Zyxel
Device. The neighbor table shows the IPv6-to-MAC address mappings of each IPv6 neighbor. To open
this screen, click System Monitor > ARP Table.
Figure 170 System Monitor > ARP Table
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 96 System Monitor > ARP Table
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the ARP table entry number.
IPv4/IPv6
Address
This is the learned IPv4 or IPv6 IP address of a device connected to a port.
MAC Address This is the MAC address of the device with the listed IP address.
Device This is the type of interface used by the device. You can click the device type to go to its
configuration screen.
LTE Series User’s Guide
231
CHAPTER 21
Routing Table
21.1 Routing Table Overview
Routing is based on the destination address only and the Zyxel Device takes the shortest path to forward
a packet.
21.2 Routing Table
The table below shows IPv4 and IPv6 routing information. The IPv4 subnet mask is ‘255.255.255.255’ for a
host destination and ‘0.0.0.0’ for the default route. The gateway address is written as ‘*’(IPv4)/‘::’(IPv6) if
none is set.
Chapter 21 Routing Table
LTE Series User’s Guide
232
Click System Monitor > Routing Table to open the following screen.
Figure 171 System Monitor > Routing Table
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 97 System Monitor > Routing Table
LABEL DESCRIPTION
IPv4/IPv6 Routing Table
Destination This indicates the destination IPv4 address or IPv6 address and prefix of this route.
Gateway This indicates the IPv4 address or IPv6 address of the gateway that helps forward this route’s
traffic.
Subnet Mask This indicates the destination subnet mask of the IPv4 route.
Chapter 21 Routing Table
LTE Series User’s Guide
233
Flag This indicates the route status.
U-Up: The route is up.
!-Reject: The route is blocked and will force a route lookup to fail.
G-Gateway: The route uses a gateway to forward traffic.
H-Host: The target of the route is a host.
R-Reinstate: The route is reinstated for dynamic routing.
D-Dynamic (redirect): The route is dynamically installed by a routing daemon or redirect.
M-Modified (redirect): The route is modified from a routing daemon or redirect.
Metric The metric represents the "cost of transmission." A router determines the best route for
transmission by choosing a path with the lowest "cost." The smaller the number, the lower the
"cost."
Interface This indicates the name of the interface through which the route is forwarded.
Table 97 System Monitor > Routing Table (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 22 WLAN Station Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
234
CHAPTER 22
WLAN Station Status
22.1 WLAN Station Status Overview
Use this screen to view information and status of the wireless stations (wireless clients) that are currently
associated with the Zyxel Device. Being associated means that a wireless client (for example, your
computer with a wireless network card installed) has connected successfully to an AP (or wireless router)
using the same SSID, channel, and WiFi security settings.
Click System Monitor > WLAN Station Status to open the following screen.
Figure 172 System Monitor > WLAN Station Status
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 98 System Monitor > WLAN Station Status
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the index number of an associated wireless station.
MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of an associated wireless station.
Rate (Mbps) This field displays the transmission rate of WiFi traffic between an associated wireless station and
the Zyxel Device.
RSSI (dBm) The RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) field shows the WiFi signal strength of the station’s
wireless connection.
The normal range is -30dBm to -79dBm. If the value drops below -80dBm, try moving the
associated wireless station closer to the Zyxel Device to get better signal strength.
Chapter 22 WLAN Station Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
235
SNR The Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) is the ratio between the received signal power and the received
noise power.
The normal range is 15 to 40. If the value drops below 15, try moving the associated wireless
station closer to the Zyxel Device to get better quality WiFi.
Level This field displays a number which represents the strength of the WiFi signal between an
associated wireless station and the Zyxel Device. The Zyxel Device uses the RSSI and SNR values
to determine the strength of the WiFi signal.
5 means the Zyxel Device is receiving an excellent WiFi signal.
4 means the Zyxel Device is receiving a very good WiFi signal.
3 means the Zyxel Device is receiving a weak WiFi signal.
2 means the Zyxel Device is receiving a very weak WiFi signal.
1 means the Zyxel Device is not receiving a WiFi signal.
Table 98 System Monitor > WLAN Station Status (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
236
CHAPTER 23
VoIP Status
23.1 VoIP Status Screen
Click System Monitor > VoIP Status to open the following screen. You can view the VoIP registration,
current call status and phone numbers in this screen.
Figure 173 System Monitor > VoIP Status
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 99 System Monitor > VoIP Status
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Poll Interval Enter the number of seconds the Device needs to wait before updating this screen and then
click Set Interval. Click Stop to have the Device stop updating this screen.
SIP Status
Account This column displays each SIP account in the Device.
Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account. You can change this in the
Status screen. Registered - The SIP account is registered with a SIP server. Not Registered - The
last time the Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server, the attempt failed. The
Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the Device or when
you activate it. Inactive - The SIP account is not active. You can activate it in VoIP > SIP > SIP
Account.
Chapter 23 VoIP Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
237
Registration Time This field displays the last time the Device successfully registered the SIP account. The field is
blank if the Device has never successfully registered this account.
URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account. You can
change these in the VoIP > SIP screen.
Message Waiting This field indicates whether or not there are any messages waiting for the SIP account.
Last Incoming
Number
This field displays the last number that called the SIP account. The field is blank if no number
has ever dialed the SIP account.
Last Outgoing
Number
This field displays the last number the SIP account called. The field is blank if the SIP account
has never dialed a number.
Call Status
Account This column displays each SIP account in the Device.
Duration This field displays how long the current call has lasted.
Status This field displays the current state of the phone call.
Idle - There are no current VoIP calls, incoming calls or outgoing calls being made.
Dial - The callee's phone is ringing.
Ring - The phone is ringing for an incoming VoIP call.
Process - There is a VoIP call in progress.
DISC - The callee's line is busy, the callee hung up or your phone was left off the hook.
Call Type This field displays the call direction type of the current VoIP call. Outgoing Call - It's a SIP VoIP
call made by local phone ports, and this SIP account is able to issue a (SIP-based) call setup
to the SIP account of remote peers for a VoIP call establishment. This (SIP-based) call setup
signal is sent to the SIP server first, and then the SIP server would relay it to the target peer after
correctly resolving and locating the target peer. During the call setup (signaling) phase,
Calling state is displayed in the Status field, and it turns to InCall state once the call is
successfully established.
Incoming Call - It's a SIP VoIP call made or originated by remote SIP accounts to connect to
this local SIP account. One or more local phone ports can be configured to receive this type
of call, see the Incoming Number below, and all of them should begin to ring during the call
setup (signaling phase), see the Status above. Once some remote SIP accounts start to ring
one local phone, answer by off-hook to the call, and the call is successfully established. The
other ringing local phone ports will stop ringing and turning to InCall state in the Status field.
Internal Call - It's a local VoIP call between two different local phone ports. No SIP signaling is
needed and thus no SIP server is involved to establish this type of call. This type of call is
established via the Internal and Non-SIP local setup signaling procedure between the call-
originating and call-terminating local phone ports. In general, one or more local phone ports
can be designed to receive this type of call, and once any of the ringing phones answer the
call, the other ringing ones will stop ringing. During the call setup phase (signaling phase),
Calling state is displayed in Status field, and turns to InCall state once the call is successfully
established.
Codec This field displays what voice codec is being used for a current VoIP call through a phone port.
From Phone Port
Type
This field displays the phone ports type used to originate, start, or create the current VoIP call.
Type Two possible type values will be displayed here: SIP - For the current call which is
categorized as Incoming Call in the Call Type filed, this field will show the type SIP. FXS - As for
the other cases: Outgoing Call and Internal Call, this field will show the corresponding local
phone port type: FXS, the legacy analog phone port on the device.
Table 99 System Monitor > VoIP Status (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 23 VoIP Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
238
To Phone Port
Type
This field displays the phone ports type used to receive the current VoIP call. Three possible
type Type values will be displayed here: SIP - For the current call which is categorized as
Outgoing Call in the Call Type field, this field will show the type SIP. FXS and Unknown - As for
the other cases: Incoming Call and Internal Call, this field will show the corresponding local
phone port type: FXS, the legacy analog phone port on the device. While the call is
established, this field shows Unknown during the call setup phase (signaling phase). This is
because one or more local phone ports can be configured or designed to receive these two
types of calls, see the Call Type above, and the local phone port will answer the call that
hasn't been determined yet at that time.
Peer Number This field displays the SIP number of the party that is currently engaged in a VoIP call through a
phone port.
Phone Status
Phone This field displays the name of a phone port on the Device.
Outgoing Number This field displays the SIP number that you use to make calls on this phone port.
Incoming Number This field displays the SIP number that you use to receive calls on this phone port.
Hook Status This field displays whether the phone is in the on or off hook status.
Table 99 System Monitor > VoIP Status (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
239
CHAPTER 24
Cellular WAN Status
24.1 Cellular WAN Status Overview
View the LTE connection details and LTE signal strength value that you can use as reference for
positioning the Zyxel Device, as well as SIM card and module information.
24.2 Cellular WAN Status
To open this screen, click System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status. Cellular information is available on this
screen only when you insert a valid SIM card in the Zyxel Device.
Figure 174 System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status
Chapter 24 Cellular WAN Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
240
Figure 175 System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status (Service Information)
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 100 System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Refresh Interval Select the time interval the Zyxel Device will check and refresh the fields shown on this screen.
Select None to stop detection.
Module Information
IMEI This shows the International Mobile Equipment Identity of the Zyxel Device.
Module SW
Version
This shows the software version of the LTE module.
SIM Status
SIM Card Status This displays the SIM card status:
None - the Zyxel Device does not detect that there is a SIM card inserted.
Available - the SIM card could either have or doesn’t have PIN code security.
Locked - the SIM card has PIN code security, but you did not enter the PIN code yet.
Blocked - you entered an incorrect PIN code too many times, so the SIM card has been locked;
call the ISP for a PUK (Pin Unlock Key) to unlock the SIM card.
Error - the Zyxel Device detected that the SIM card has errors.
IMSI This displays the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the installed SIM card. An IMSI is
a unique ID used to identify a mobile subscriber in a mobile network.
ICCID Integrated Circuit Card Identifier (ICCID). This is the serial number of the SIM card.
Chapter 24 Cellular WAN Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
241
PIN Protection A PIN (Personal Identification Number) code is a key to a SIM card. Without the PIN code, you
cannot use the SIM card.
Shows Enable if the service provider requires you to enter a PIN to use the SIM card.
Shows Disable if the service provider lets you use the SIM without inputting a PIN.
PIN Remaining
Attempts
This is how many more times you can try to enter the PIN code before the ISP blocks your SIM
card.
IP Passthrough Status
IP Passthrough
Enable
This displays if IP Passthrough is enabled on the Zyxel Device.
IP Passthrough allows a LAN computer on the local network of the Zyxel Device to have access
to web services using the public IP address. When IP Passthrough is configured, all traffic is
forwarded to the LAN computer and will not go through NAT.
IP Passthrough
Mode
This displays the IP Passthrough mode.
This displays Dynamic and the Zyxel Device will allow traffic to be forwarded to the first LAN
computer requesting an IP address from the Zyxel Device.
This displays Fixed and the Zyxel Device will allow traffic to be forwarded to a specific LAN
computer on the local network of the Zyxel Device.
Cellular Status This displays the status of the cellular Internet connection.
Data Roaming This displays if data roaming is enabled on the Zyxel Device.
4G roaming is to use your Zyxel Device in an area which is not covered by your service provider.
Enable roaming to ensure that your Zyxel Device is kept connected to the Internet when you are
traveling outside the geographical coverage area of the network to which you are registered.
Operator This displays the name of the service provider.
PLMN This displays the PLMN number.
Access
Technology
This displays the type of the mobile network (such as LTE, UMTS, GSM) to which the Zyxel Device is
connecting.
Band This displays the current LTE band of your Zyxel Device (WCDMA2100).
RSSI This displays the strength of the WiFi signal between an associated wireless station and an AP.
The normal range is -30dBm to -79dBm. If the value drops below -80dBm, try moving the
associated wireless station closer to the Zyxel Device to get better signal strength.
Cell ID This shows the cell ID, which is a unique number used to identify the Base Transceiver Station to
which the Zyxel Device is connecting.
The value depends on the Current Access Technology:
• For GPRS, it is the Cell Identity as specified in 3GPP-TS.25.331.
• For UMTS, it is the Cell Identity as defined in SIB3 3GPP-TS.25.331, 3GPP-TS.24.008.
• For LTE, it is the 28-bit binary number Cell Identity as specified in SIB1 in 3GPP-TS.36.331.
The value is ‘0’ (zero) or ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
Physical Cell ID This shows the Physical Cell ID (PCI), which are queries and replies between the Zyxel Device and
the mobile network it is connecting to. The normal range is 1 to 504.
UL Bandwidth
(MHz)
This shows the LTE channel bandwidth from device to base station. According to 3GPP
specifications, the bandwidths defined by the standard are 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, and 20 MHz. The
wider the bandwidth the higher the throughput.
DL Bandwidth
(MHz)
This shows the LTE channel bandwidth from base station to LTE device. According to 3GPP
specifications, the bandwidths defined by the standard are 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, and 20 MHz. The
wider the bandwidth the higher the throughput.
Table 100 System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 24 Cellular WAN Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
242
RFCN This displays the Radio Frequency Channel Number of DL carrier frequency used by the mobile
network to which the Zyxel Device is connecting.
The value depends on the Current Access Technology:
• For GPRS, it is the ARFCN (Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number) as specified in 3GPP-
TS.45.005.
• For UMTS, it is the UARFCN (UTRA Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number) as specified in
3GPP-TS.25.101.
• For LTE, it is the EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number) as specified in
3GPP-TS.36.101.
The value is ‘0’ (zero) or ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
RSRP This displays the Reference Signal Receive Power (RSRP), which is the average received power
of all Resource Element (RE) that carry cell-specific Reference Signals (RS) within the specified
bandwidth.
The received RSRP level of the connected E-UTRA cell, in dBm, is as specified in 3GPP-TS.36.214.
The reporting range is specified in 3GPP-TS.36.133.
An undetectable signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -140 dBm.
This parameter is for LTE only. The normal range is -30 to -140. The value is -140 if the Current
Access Technology is not LTE. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
RSRQ This displays the Reference Signal Receive Quality (RSRQ), which is the ratio of RSRP to the E-UTRA
carrier RSSI and indicates the quality of the received reference signal.
The received RSRQ level of the connected E-UTRA cell, in 0.1 dB, is as specified in 3GPP-TS.36.214.
An undetectable signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -240.
This parameter is for LTE only. The normal range is -30 to -240. The value is -240 if the Current
Access Technology is not LTE. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
RSCP This displays the Received Signal Code Power, which measures the power of channel used by
the Zyxel Device.
The received signal level, in dBm, is of the CPICH channel (Ref. 3GPP TS 25.133). An
undetectable signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -120 dBm.
This parameter is for UMTS only. The normal range is -30 to -120. The value is -120 if the Current
Access Technology is not UMTS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
EcNo This displays the ratio (in dB) of the received energy per chip and the interference level.
The measured EcNo is in 0.1 dB and is received in the downlink pilot channel. An undetectable
signal is indicated by the lower limit, example -240 dB.
This parameter is for UMTS only. The normal range is -30 to -240. The value is -240 if the Current
Access Technology is not UMTS or there is no network connection.
TAC This displays the Tracking Area Code (TAC), which is used to identify the country of a mobile
subscriber.
The physical cell ID of the connected E-UTRAN cell, is as specified in 3GPP-TS.36.101.
This parameter is for LTE only. The value is ‘0’ (zero) or ‘N/A’ if the Current Access Technology is
not LTE or there is no network connection.
LAC This displays the 2-octet Location Area Code (LAC), which is used to identify a location area
within a PLMN.
The LAC of the connected cell is as defined in SIB 1 [3GPP-TS.25.331]. The concatenation of
PLMN ID (MCC+MNC) and LAC uniquely identifies the LAI (Location Area ID) [3GPP-TS.23.003].
This parameter is for UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘0’ (zero) if the Current Access Technology is not
UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
Table 100 System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Chapter 24 Cellular WAN Status
LTE Series User’s Guide
243
RAC This displays the RAC (Routing Area Code), which is used in mobile network “packet domain
service” (PS) to identify a routing area within a location area.
In a mobile network, it uses LAC (Location Area Code) to identify the geographical location for
the old 3G voice only service, and use RAC to identify the location of data service like HSDPA or
LTE.
The RAC of the connected UTRAN cell is as defined in SIB 1 [3GPP-TS.25.331]. The concatenation
of PLMN ID (MCC+MNC), LAC, and RAC uniquely identifies the RAI (Routing Area ID) [3GPP-
TS.23.003].
This parameter is for UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘0’ (zero) if the Current Access Technology is not
UMTS or GPRS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
BSIC The Base Station Identity Code (BSIC), which is a code used in GSM to uniquely identify a base
station.
This parameter is for GPRS only. The value is ‘0’ (zero) if the Current Access Technology is not
GPRS. The value is ‘N/A’ if there is no network connection.
SINR This displays the Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) in dB. This is also a measure of signal
quality and used by the UE (User Equipment) to calculate the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI)
that it reports to the network. A negative value means more noise than signal.
CQI This displays the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI). It is an indicator carrying the information on
how good/bad the communication channel quality is.
MCS MCS stands for modulation coding scheme. The base station selects MCS based on current
radio conditions. The higher the MCS the more bits can be transmitted per time unit.
RI This displays the Rank Indication, one of the control information that a UE will report to eNodeB
(Evolved Node-B) on either PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) or PUSCH (Physical Uplink
Shared Channel) based on uplink scheduling.
PMI This displays the Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI).
PMI is for transmission modes 4 (closed loop spatial multiplexing), 5 (multi-user MIMO), and 6
(closed loop spatial multiplexing using a single layer).
PMI determines how cellular data are encoded for the antennas to improve downlink rate.
Table 100 System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
244
CHAPTER 25
System
25.1 System Overview
Use this screen to name your Zyxel Device (Host) and give it an associated domain name for
identification purposes.
25.2 System
Click M aintenanc e > Syste m to open the following screen. Assign a unique name to the Zyxel Device so
it can be easily recognized on your network. You can use up to 30 characters, including spaces.
Figure 176 Maintenance > System
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 101 Maintenance > System
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Host Name Type a host name for your Zyxel Device. Enter a descriptive name of up to 16 alphanumeric
characters, not including spaces, underscores, and dashes.
Domain Name Type a Domain name for your host Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to abandon this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Chapter 26 User Account
LTE Series User’s Guide
245
CHAPTER 26
User Account
26.1 User Account Overview
In the User Account screen, you can view the settings of the “admin” and other user accounts that you
use to log into the Zyxel Device to manage it.
26.2 User Account
Click Maintenance > User Account to open the following screen. Use this screen to create or manage
user accounts and their privileges on the Zyxel Device.
Figure 177 Maintenance > User Account
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 102 Maintenance > User Account
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New
Account
Click this button to add a new user account (up to 4 Administrator accounts and 4 User
accounts).
#This is the index number.
Active This indicates whether the user account is active or not.
The check box is selected when the user account is enabled. It is cleared when it is disabled.
User Name This displays the name of the account used to log into the Zyxel Device Web Configurator.
Retry Times This displays the number of times consecutive wrong passwords can be entered for this account.
0 means there is no limit.
Chapter 26 User Account
LTE Series User’s Guide
246
26.2.1 User Account Add/Edit
Add or change the name of the user account, set the security password and the retry times, and
whether this user will have Administrator or User privileges. Click Add New Account or the Edit icon of an
existing account in the Maintenance > User Account to open the following screen.
Figure 178 Maintenance > User Account > Add/Edit
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Idle Timeout This displays the length of inactive time before the Zyxel Device will automatically log the user
out of the Web Configurator.
Lock Period This field displays the length of time a user must wait before attempting to log in again after a
number of consecutive wrong passwords have been entered as defined in Retry Ti mes.
Group This field displays whether this user has Administrator or User privileges.
Modify Click the Edit icon to configure the entry.
Click the Delete icon to remove the entry.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 102 Maintenance > User Account (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Table 103 Maintenance > User Account > Add/Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Click to enable (switch turns blue) or disable (switch turns gray) to activate or deactivate the
user account.
User Name Enter a new name for the account (up to 15 characters). Special characters are allowed except
the following: double quote (") back quote (`) apostrophe or single quote (') less than (<) greater
than (>) caret or circumflex accent (^) dollar sign ($) vertical bar (|) ampersand (&) semicolon
(;)
Password Type your new system password (up to 256 characters). Note that as you type a password, the
screen displays a (*) for each character you type. After you change the password, use the new
password to access the Zyxel Device.
Chapter 26 User Account
LTE Series User’s Guide
247
Verify Password Type the new password again for confirmation.
Retry Times Enter the number of times consecutive wrong passwords can be entered for this account. 0
means there is no limit.
Idle Timeout Enter the length of inactive time before the Zyxel Device will automatically log the user out of the
Web Configurator.
Lock Period Enter the length of time a user must wait before attempting to log in again after a number of
consecutive wrong passwords have been entered as defined in Retry Times.
Group Specify whether this user will have Administrator or User privileges.
The Administrator privileges are the following:
•Quick Start setup.
• The following screens are visible for setup:
Broadband, Wireless, Home Networking, Routing, NAT, DNS, Firewall, MAC Filter, Certificates,
Voice, Log, Traffic Status, ARP Table, Routing Table, Cellular WAN Status, System, User
Account, Remote Management, TR-069 Client, Time, Email Notification, Log Setting, Firmware
Upgrade, Backup/Restore, Reboot, Diagnostic.
The User privileges are the following:
• The following screens are visible for setup:
Log, Traffic Status, ARP Table, Routing Table, Cellular WAN Status, User Account, Remote
Management, Time, Email Notification, Log Setting, Firmware Upgrade, Backup/Restore,
Reboot, Diagnostic.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
OK Click OK to save your changes.
Table 103 Maintenance > User Account > Add/Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
248
CHAPTER 27
Remote Management
27.1 Overview
Remote management controls through which interface(s), which web services (such as HTTP, HTTPS, FTP,
Telnet, SSH and Ping) can access the Zyxel Device.
Note: The Zyxel Device is managed using the Web Configurator.
27.2 MGMT Services
Note: The MGMT Services screen will be hidden if you enable the IP Passthrough function in
Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular IP Passthrough screen.
Use this screen to configure the interfaces through which services can access the Zyxel Device. Click
Maintenance > Remote Management to open the following screen.
Figure 179 Maintenance > Remote Management
Chapter 27 Remote Management
LTE Series User’s Guide
249
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
27.3 MGMT Services for IP Passthrough
Configure which interfaces you can use to access the Zyxel Device in IP Passthrough mode (bridge
mode) for a given service. You can also specify the service port numbers computers must use to
connect to the Zyxel Device. IP Passthrough allows Internet traffic to go to a LAN computer behind the
Zyxel Device without going through NAT. Make sure to enable IP Passthrough in Network Setting >
Broadband > Cellular IP Passthrough. See Section 6.9 on page 97 for details.
Click Maintenance > Remote Management > MGMT Services for IP Passthrough to open the following
screen.
Table 104 Maintenance > Remote Management
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WAN Interface
used for services
Select Any_WAN to have the Zyxel Device automatically activate the remote management
service when any WAN connection is up.
Select Multi_WAN and then select one or more WAN connections to have the Zyxel Device
activate the remote management service when the selected WAN connections are up.
Cellular WAN Enable the LTE WAN connection configured in Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular
WAN to access the service on the Zyxel Device.
ETHWAN Enable the LTE WAN connection configured in Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular
WAN to access the service on the Zyxel Device.
Service This is the service you may use to access the Zyxel Device.
LAN/WLAN Select the Enable check box for the corresponding services that you want to allow access to the
Zyxel Device from the LAN/WLAN.
WAN Select the Enable check box for the corresponding services that you want to allow access to the
Zyxel Device from all WAN connections.
Trust Domain Select the Enable check box for the corresponding services that you want to allow access to the
Zyxel Device from the trusted host IP address.
Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the
same port number in order to use that service for remote management.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Chapter 27 Remote Management
LTE Series User’s Guide
250
Figure 180 Maintenance > Remote Management > MGMT Services for IP Passthrough
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
27.4 Trust Domain
Use this screen to view a list of public IP addresses which are allowed to access the Zyxel Device through
the services configured in the Maintenance > Remote Management > MGMT Services screen. Click
Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain to open the following screen.
Note: Enter the IP address of the management station permitted to access the local
management services. If specific services from the trusted hosts are allowed access but
the trust domain list is empty, all public IP addresses can access the Zyxel Device from
the WAN using the specified services.
Figure 181 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain
Table 105 Maintenance > Remote Management > MGMT Services for IP Passthrough
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Service This is the service you may use to access the Zyxel Device.
WAN Select the Enable check box for the corresponding services that you want to allow access to the
Zyxel Device from all WAN connections.
Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must use the
same port number in order to use that service for remote management.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Chapter 27 Remote Management
LTE Series User’s Guide
251
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
27.5 Add Trust Domain
Use this screen to add a public IP addresses or a complete domain name of a device which is allowed
to access the Zyxel Device. Click the Add Trust Domain button in the Maintenance > Remote
Management > Trust Domain screen to open the following screen.
Figure 182 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain > Add Trust Domain
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
27.6 Trust Domain for IP Passthrough
Use this screen to view a list of public IP addresses/complete domain names which are allowed to
access the Zyxel Device in IP Passthrough mode (bridge mode). IP Passthrough allows Internet traffic to
go to a LAN computer behind the Zyxel Device without going through NAT. Make sure to enable IP
Passthrough in Network Setting > Broadband > Cellular IP Passthrough. See Section 6.9 on page 97 for
details.
Click Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain for IP Passthrough to open the following
screen.
Table 106 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add Trust
Domain
Click this to add a trusted host IP address.
IP Address This field shows a trusted host IP address.
Delete Click the Delete icon to remove the trusted host IP address.
Table 107 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain > Add Trust Domain
LABEL DESCRIPTION
IP Address Enter a public IPv4/IPv6 IP address which is allowed to access the service on the Zyxel Device
from the WAN.
OK Click OK to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Chapter 27 Remote Management
LTE Series User’s Guide
252
Figure 183 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain for IP Passthrough
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
27.7 Add Trust Domain
Use this screen to add a public IP address or a complete domain name of a device which is allowed to
access the Zyxel Device. Click the Add Trust Domain button in the Maintenance > Remote Management
> Trust Domain for IP Passthrough screen to open the following screen.
Figure 184 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain for IP Passthrough > Add Trust Domain
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 108 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain for IP Passthrough
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add Trust Domain Click this to add a trusted host IP address.
IP Address This field shows a trusted host IP address.
Delete Click the Delete icon to remove the trusted host IP address.
Table 109 Maintenance > Remote Management > Trust Domain for IP Passthrough > Add Trust Domain
LABEL DESCRIPTION
IP Address Enter a public IPv4/IPv6 IP address which is allowed to access the service on the Zyxel
Device from the WAN.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
OK Click OK to save your changes back to the Zyxel Device.
LTE Series User’s Guide
253
CHAPTER 28
TR-069 Client
28.1 Overview
This chapter explains how to configure the Zyxel Device’s TR-069 auto-configuration settings.
28.2 TR-069 Client
TR-069 is a protocol that defines how your Zyxel Device can be managed via a management server.
You can use a management server to remotely set up the Zyxel Device, modify settings, perform
firmware upgrades as well as monitor and diagnose the Zyxel Device.
Click Maintenance > TR-069 Client to open the following screen.
Figure 185 Maintenance > TR-069 Client
Chapter 28 TR-069 Client
LTE Series User’s Guide
254
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 110 Maintenance > TR-069 Client
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CWMP Active CPE WAN Management Protocol (CWMP) enables the Zyxel Device to be remotely configured
via a WAN link. Communication between the Zyxel Device and the management server is
conducted via SOAP/HTTP(S) in the form of remote procedure calls (RPC).
Click to enable (switch turns blue) to allow the Zyxel Device to be managed by a management
server. Otherwise, click to disable (switch turns gray) to disallow the Zyxel Device to be managed
by a management server.
Inform Click to enable (switch turns blue) the Zyxel Device to send periodic inform via TR-069 on the
WAN. Otherwise, click to disable (switch turns gray).
Inform Interval Enter the time interval (in seconds) at which the Zyxel Device sends information to the auto-
configuration server.
IP Protocol Select the type of IP protocol to allow TR-069 to operate on.
ACS URL Enter the URL or IP address of the auto-configuration server.
ACS User Name Enter the TR-069 user name for authentication with the auto-configuration server.
ACS Password Enter the TR-069 password for authentication with the auto-configuration server.
WAN Interface
used by TR-069
client
Select a WAN interface through which the TR-069 traffic passes.
If you select Any_WAN, the Zyxel Device automatically passes the TR-069 traffic when any WAN
connection is up.
If you select Multi_WAN, you also need to select two or more pre-configured WAN interfaces. The
Zyxel Device automatically passes the TR-069 traffic when one of the selected WAN connections
is up.
Cellular WAN The Zyxel Device automatically passes the TR-069 traffic when cellular WAN connection is up.
Display SOAP
messages on
serial console
Click to enable (switch turns blue) the dumping of all SOAP messages during the ACS server
communication with the CPE.
Connection
Request
Authentication
Select this option to enable authentication when there is a connection request from the ACS.
Connection
Request User
Name
Enter the connection request user name.
When the ACS makes a connection request to the Zyxel Device, this user name is used to
authenticate the ACS.
Connection
Request
Password
Enter the connection request password.
When the ACS makes a connection request to the Zyxel Device, this password is used to
authenticate the ACS.
Connection
Request URL
This shows the connection request URL.
The ACS can use this URL to make a connection request to the Zyxel Device.
Validate ACS
Certificate
Click to enable (switch turns blue) the validation of a local certificate used by TR-069 client.
Local certificate
used by TR-069
client
You can choose a local certificate used by TR-069 client. The local certificate should be
imported in the Security > Certificates > Local Certificates screen.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore the screen’s last saved settings.
LTE Series User’s Guide
255
CHAPTER 29
Time Settings
29.1 Time Settings Overview
This chapter shows you how to configure system related settings, such as system time, password, name,
the domain name and the inactivity timeout interval.
29.2 Time
Use this screen to configure the Zyxel Device’s time based on your local time zone. You can enter a time
server address, select the time zone where the Zyxel Device is physically located, and configure Daylight
Savings settings if needed.
To change your Zyxel Device’s time and date, click Maintenance > Time. The screen appears as shown.
Chapter 29 Time Settings
LTE Series User’s Guide
256
Figure 186 Maintenance > Time
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 111 Maintenance > Time
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Current Date/Time
Current Time This displays the time of your Zyxel Device.
Each time you reload this screen, the Zyxel Device synchronizes the time with the time server.
Current Date This displays the date of your Zyxel Device.
Each time you reload this screen, the Zyxel Device synchronizes the date with the time server.
Time and Date Setup
Time Protocol This displays the time protocol used by your Zyxel Device.
Chapter 29 Time Settings
LTE Series User’s Guide
257
First ~ Fifth Time
Server Address
Select an NTP time server from the drop-down list box.
Otherwise, select Other and enter the IP address or URL (up to 29 extended ASCII characters
in length) of your time server.
Select None if you don’t want to configure the time server.
Check with your ISP/network administrator if you are unsure of this information.
Time Zone
Time zone Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between your time
zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Daylight Savings Daylight Saving Time is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their
clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening.
Active Click this switch to enable or disable Daylight Saving Time. When the switch turns blue ,
the function is enabled. Otherwise, it’s not.
Start Rule Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you enabled Daylight Saving.
You can select a specific date in a particular month or a specific day of a specific week in a
particular month. The Time field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:
Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March.
Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in
the United States, set the day to Second, Sunday, the month to March and the time to 2 in the
Hour field.
Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March. All of the time
zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1 A.M.
GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would set the day to Last, Sunday and the month
to March. The time you select in the o'clock field depends on your time zone. In Germany for
instance, you would select 2 in the Hour field because Germany's time zone is one hour
ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
End Rule Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you enabled Daylight Saving.
You can select a specific date in a particular month or a specific day of a specific week in a
particular month. The Time field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple of examples:
Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November. Each time
zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United
States you would set the day to First, Sunday, the month to November and the time to 2 in the
Hour field.
Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October. All of the
time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment (1
A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would set the day to Last, Sunday, and the
month to October. The time you select in the o'clock field depends on your time zone. In
Germany for instance, you would select 2 in the Hour field because Germany's time zone is
one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Table 111 Maintenance > Time (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
258
CHAPTER 30
E-mail Notification
30.1 E-mail Notification Overview
A mail server is an application or a computer that can receive, forward and deliver e-mail messages.
To have the Zyxel Device send reports, logs or notifications via e-mail, you must specify an e-mail server
and the e-mail addresses of the sender and receiver.
30.2 E-mail Notification
Use this screen to view, remove and add e-mail account information on the Zyxel Device. This account
can be set to send e-mail notifications for logs.
Click Maintenance > E-mail Notification to open the E-mail Notification screen.
Note: The default port number of the mail server is 25.
Figure 187 Maintenance > E-mail Notification
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
Table 112 Maintenance > E-mail Notification
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Add New e-mail Click this button to create a new entry (up to 32 can be created).
Mail Server
Address
This displays the server name or the IP address of the mail server.
User name This displays the user name of the sender’s mail account.
Port This field displays the port number of the mail server.
Security This field displays the protocol used for encryption.
Chapter 30 E-mail Notification
LTE Series User’s Guide
259
30.2.1 E-mail Notification Edit
Click the Add button in the E-mail Notification screen. Use this screen to configure the required
information for sending e-mail via a mail server.
Figure 188 E-mail Notification > Add
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
E-mail Address This field displays the e-mail address that you want to be in the from/sender line of the e-mail
that the Zyxel Device sends.
Remove Click this button to delete the selected entry(ies).
Table 112 Maintenance > E-mail Notification (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Table 113 E-mail Notification > Add
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Mail Server
Address
Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e-mail address specified in the
Account e-mail Address field.
If this field is left blank, reports, logs or notifications will not be sent via e-mail.
Port Enter the same port number here as is on the mail server for mail traffic.
Authentication
User name
Enter the user name (up to 32 characters). This is usually the user name of a mail account you
specified in the Account email Address field.
Authentication
Password
Enter the password associated with the user name above.
Account e-mail
Address
Enter the e-mail address that you want to be in the from/sender line of the e-mail notification
that the Zyxel Device sends.
If you activate SSL/TLS authentication, the e-mail address must be able to be authenticated by
the mail server as well.
Chapter 30 E-mail Notification
LTE Series User’s Guide
260
Connection
Security
Select SSL to use Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) if you want
encrypted communications between the mail server and the Zyxel Device.
Select STARTTLS to upgrade a plain text connection to a secure connection using SSL/TLS.
Cancel Click this button to begin configuring this screen afresh.
OK Click this button to save your changes and return to the previous screen.
Table 113 E-mail Notification > Add (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
261
CHAPTER 31
Log Setting
31.1 Log Setting Overview
Use this screen to configure where the Zyxel Device sends logs, and which type of logs the Zyxel Device
records.
31.2 Log Setting
You can configure where the Zyxel Device sends logs and which type of logs the Zyxel Device records in
the Logs Setting screen.
If you have a server that is running a syslog service, you can also save log files to it by enabling Syslog
Logging, and then entering the IP address of the server in the Syslog Server field. Select Remote to store
logs on the syslog server, or select Local File to store logs on the Zyxel Device. Select Local File and
Remote to store logs on both the Zyxel Device and the syslog server. To change your Zyxel Device’s log
settings, click Maintenance > Log Setting. The screen appears as shown.
Chapter 31 Log Setting
LTE Series User’s Guide
262
Figure 189 Maintenance > Log Setting
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 114 Maintenance > Log Setting
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Syslog Settings
Syslog Logging Click the switch (it will turn blue) to enable syslog logging.
Mode Select Remote to have the Zyxel Device send it to an external syslog server.
Select Local File to have the Zyxel Device save the log file on the Zyxel Device itself.
Select Local File and Remote to have the Zyxel Device save the log file on the Zyxel Device itself
and send it to an external syslog server.
Note: A warning appears upon selecting Remote or Local File and Remote.
Just click OK to continue.
Chapter 31 Log Setting
LTE Series User’s Guide
263
Syslog Server Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected categories of
logs.
UDP Port Enter the port number used by the syslog server.
E-mail Log Settings
E-mail Log
Setting
Click the switch (it will turn blue) to allow the sending via e-mail the system and security logs to
the e-mail address specified in Send Log to.
Note: Make sure that the Mail Server Address field is not left blank in the
Maintenance > E-mail Notifications screen.
Mail Account Select a server specified in Maintenance > E-mail Notifications to send the logs to.
System Log Mail
Subject
This field allows you to enter a descriptive name for the system log e-mail (for example Zyxel
System Log). Up to 127 characters are allowed for the System Log Mail Subj ect including special
characters inside the square brackets [!#%()*+,-./:=?@[]\{}~].
Security Log Mail
Subject
This field allows you to enter a descriptive name for the security log e-mail (for example Zyxel
Security Log). Up to 127 characters are allowed for the Security Log Mail Subject including
special characters inside the square brackets [!#%()*+,-./:=?@[]\{}~].
Send Log to This field allows you to enter the log’s designated e-mail recipient. The log’s format is plain text
file sent as an e-mail attachment.
Send Alarm to This field allows you to enter the alarm’s designated e-mail recipient. The alarm’s format is plain
text file sent as an e-mail attachment.
Alarm Interval Select the frequency of showing of the alarm.
Active Log
System Log Select the categories of System Logs that you want to record.
Security Log Select the categories of Security Logs that you want to record.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to restore your previously saved settings.
Table 114 Maintenance > Log Setting (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
264
CHAPTER 32
Firmware Upgrade
32.1 Overview
This chapter explains how to upload new firmware to your Zyxel Device. You can download new
firmware releases from your nearest Zyxel FTP site (or www.zyxel.com) to use to upgrade your Zyxel
Device’s performance.
Only use firmware for your Zyxel Device’s specific model. Refer to the
label on the bottom of your Zyxel Device.
32.2 Firmware Upgrade
This screen lets you upload new firmware to your Zyxel Device. Download the latest firmware file from
the Zyxel website and upload it to your Zyxel Device using this screen. The upload process uses HTTP
(Hypertext Transfer Protocol) and may take up to three minutes. After a successful upload, the Zyxel
Device will reboot.
Click Maintenance > Firmware Upgrade to open the following screen.
Do NOT turn off the Zyxel Device while firmware upload is in progress!
Figure 190 Maintenance > Firmware Upgrade
Chapter 32 Firmware Upgrade
LTE Series User’s Guide
265
The following table describes the labels in this screen.
After you see the firmware updating screen, wait a few minutes before logging into the Zyxel Device
again.
The Zyxel Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect. In some
operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Figure 191 Network Temporarily Disconnected
After two minutes, log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen.
If the upload was not successful, an error screen will appear. Click OK to go back to the Firmware
Upgrade screen.
Table 115 Maintenance > Firmware Upgrade
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Upgrade
Firmware
Use these fields to upload firmware to the Zyxel Device.
Restore Default
Settings After
Firmware
Upgrade
Click to enable this option that restores the factory-default to the Zyxel Device after upgrading
the firmware.
Note: Make sure to backup the Zyxel Device’s configuration settings first in case the
restore to factory-default process is not successful. Refer to Section 33.2 on
page 266.
Current Firmware
Version
This is the present firmware version.
File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Choose File to find it.
Choose File Click this to find the .bin file you want to upload. Remember that you must decompress
compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.
Upload Click this to begin the upload process. This process may take up to three minutes.
LTE Series User’s Guide
266
CHAPTER 33
Backup/Restore
33.1 Backup/Restore Overview
Information related to factory default settings and backup configuration are shown in this screen. You
can also use this to restore previous device configurations.
33.2 Backup/Restore
Click Maintenance > Backup/Restore. Information related to factory defaults, backup configuration,
and restoring configuration appears in this screen, as shown next.
Figure 192 Maintenance > Backup/Restore
Chapter 33 Backup/Restore
LTE Series User’s Guide
267
Backup Configuration
Backup Configuration allows you to back up (save) the Zyxel Device’s current configuration to a file on
your computer. Once your Zyxel Device is configured and functioning properly, it is highly
recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes.
Click Backup to save the Zyxel Device’s current configuration to your computer.
Restore Configuration
Restore Configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your
computer to your Zyxel Device.
Do not turn off the Zyxel Device while configuration file upload is in
progress.
After the Zyxel Device configuration has been restored successfully, the login screen appears. Login
again to restart the Zyxel Device.
The Zyxel Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect. In some
operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Figure 193 Network Temporarily Disconnected
If you restore the default configuration, you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be
in the same subnet as that of the default Zyxel Device IP address (192.168.1.1).
If the upload was not successful, an error screen will appear. Click OK to go back to the Configuration
screen.
33.3 Reboot
System Reboot allows you to reboot the Zyxel Device remotely without turning the power off. You may
need to do this if the Zyxel Device hangs, for example. This does not affect the Zyxel Device's
configuration.
Click Maintenance > Reboot. Click Reboot to have the Zyxel Device reboot.
Table 116 Restore Configuration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Choose File to find it.
Choose File Click this to find the file you want to upload. Remember that you must decompress
compressed (.ZIP) files before you can upload them.
Upload Click this to begin the upload process.
Reset Click this to reset your Zyxel Device settings back to the factory default.
Chapter 33 Backup/Restore
LTE Series User’s Guide
268
Figure 194 Maintenance > Reboot
LTE Series User’s Guide
269
CHAPTER 34
Diagnostic
34.1 Diagnostic Overview
The Diagnostic screens display information to help you identify problems with the Zyxel Device.
34.2 Ping/TraceRoute/Nslookup Test
Use this screen to ping, traceroute, or nslookup for troubleshooting. Ping and traceroute are used to test
whether a particular host is reachable. After entering an IP address and clicking one of the buttons to
start a test, the results will be shown in the Ping/Traceroute Test area. Use nslookup to find the IP address
for a host name and vice versa. Click Maintenance > Diagnostic to open the Ping/TraceRoute/Nslookup
screen shown next.
Figure 195 Maintenance > Diagnostic > Ping/Trace Route/Nslookup
The following table describes the fields in this screen.
Table 117 Maintenance > Diagnostic
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Ping/
TraceRoute
Test
The result of tests is shown here in the info area.
TCP/IP
Chapter 34 Diagnostic
LTE Series User’s Guide
270
Address Enter either an IP address or a host name to start a test.
Ping Click this button to perform a ping test on the IPv4 address or host name in order to test a
connection. The ping statistics will show in the info area.
Ping 6 Click this button to perform a ping test on the IPv6 address or host name in order to test a
connection. The ping statistics will show in the info area.
Trace Route Click this button to perform the IPv4 trace route function. This determines the path a packet takes
to the specified host.
Trace Route 6 Click this button to perform the IPv6 trace route function. This determines the path a packet takes
to the specified host.
Nslookup Click this button to perform a DNS lookup on the IP address or host name.
Table 117 Maintenance > Diagnostic (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LTE Series User’s Guide
271
CHAPTER 35
Troubleshooting
35.1 Overview
This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter. The potential problems are
divided into the following categories.
•Power and Hardware Connections
•Zyxel Device Access and Login
•Internet Access
•USB Device Connection
•UPnP
•SIM Card
•Cellular Signal
35.2 Power and Hardware Connections
The Zyxel Device does not turn on.
For LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604
1Make sure you are using the power adapter included with the Zyxel Device.
2Make sure the power adapter is connected to the Zyxel Device and plugged in to an appropriate
power source. Make sure the power source is turned on.
3Disconnect and re-connect the power adapter to the Zyxel Device.
4Make sure you’ve pressed the POWER button to turn on the Zyxel Device.
5If the problem continues, contact the vendor.
For LTE7240-M403/LTE7461-M602/LTE7480-S905
1Make sure you are using the PoE injector and cable (Power over Ethernet, PoE) included with the Zyxel
Device.
Chapter 35 Troubleshooting
LTE Series User’s Guide
272
2Make sure the PoE is connected to the Zyxel Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source.
Make sure the power source is turned on.
3Turn the Zyxel Device off and on.
4If the problem continues, contact the vendor.
35.3 Zyxel Device Access and Login
I forgot the IP address for the Zyxel Device.
1The default IP address is 192.168.1.1.
2If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, you might get the IP address of the Zyxel Device by
looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer. To do this in most Windows
computers, click Start > R un, enter cmd, and then enter ipconfig. The IP address of the Default Gateway
might be the IP address of the Zyxel Device (it depends on the network), so enter this IP address in your
Internet browser.
3If this does not work, you have to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory defaults. Refer to Section 33.2 on
page 266.
I forgot the password.
1See the Zyxel Device label for the default admin password.
2If you changed the password, and can’t remember the password, you have to reset the Zyxel Device to
its factory defaults. Refer to Section 33.2 on page 266.
I cannot see or access the Login screen in the Web Configurator.
1Make sure you are using the correct IP address.
• The default IP address is 192.168.1.1.
• If you changed the IP address (Section 8.2 on page 132), use the new IP address.
• If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, see the troubleshooting suggestions for I
forgot the IP address for the Zyxel Device.
2Check the hardware connections, see the Quick Start Guide.
3Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop-up windows and has JavaScript and Java
enabled.
Chapter 35 Troubleshooting
LTE Series User’s Guide
273
4Reset the Zyxel Device to its factory default, and try to access the Zyxel Device with the default IP
address. Refer to Section 33.2 on page 266.
5If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try the advanced suggestion.
Advanced Suggestion
• Try to access the Zyxel Device using another service, such as Telnet. If you can access the Zyxel
Device, check the remote management settings and firewall rules to find out why the Zyxel Device
does not respond to HTTP.
I can see the Login screen, but I cannot log in to the Zyxel Device.
1Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly. The default user name is admin.
These fields are case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
2You cannot log in to the Web Configurator while someone is using Telnet to access the Zyxel Device.
Log out of the Zyxel Device in the other session, or ask the person who is logged in to log out.
3Turn the Zyxel Device off and on.
4If this does not work, you have to reset the Zyxel Device to its factory default. See Section 33.2 on page
266.
I cannot use FTP, Telnet, SSH or Ping to access the Zyxel Device.
See the Remote Management Chapter 27 on page 248 for details on allowing web services (such as
HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, Telnet, SSH and Ping) to access the Zyxel Device.
Check the server Port number field for the web service in the Maintenance > Remote Management
screen. You must use the same port number in order to use that web service for remote management.
35.4 Internet Access
I cannot access the Internet.
1Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See the Quick
Start Guide and Section 1.5.1 on page 24.
2Check the SIM card. Maybe it has wrong settings (refer to Section 6.6 on page 92), the account has
expired, it became loose (remove and reinsert it - refer to the Quick Start Guide) or it's missing (stolen).
See Section 35.7 on page 276 for possible SIM card problems.
Chapter 35 Troubleshooting
LTE Series User’s Guide
274
3Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly. These fields are case-sensitive, so make
sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
4For LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604 make sure you converted the first or
fourth LAN port to a WAN port. Click Enable in Network Setting > Broadband > Ethernet WAN screen.
Make sure you have the Ethernet WAN port connected to a modem or router.
5If the problem continues, contact your ISP.
I cannot access the Internet anymore. I had access to the Internet (with the Zyxel Device), but my
Internet connection is not available anymore.
1Check the hardware connections (refer to the Quick Start Guide).
2Turn the Zyxel Device off and on.
3If the problem continues, contact your ISP.
The Internet connection is slow or intermittent.
1There might be a lot of traffic on the network. If the Zyxel Device is sending or receiving a lot of
information, try closing some programs that use the Internet, especially peer-to-peer applications.
2Check the signal strength. Look at the LEDs, and check the LED section for more information. If the signal
strength is low, try moving the Zyxel Device closer to the ISP’s base station if possible, and look around to
see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network (for example,
microwaves, other wireless networks, and so on).
3For the LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604, connect two external antennas to
improve the wireless WAN signal strength. Point the antennas to the base stations directions if you know
where they are, or try pointing the antennas in different directions and check which provides the
strongest signal to the Zyxel Device. See the Introduction chapter for more information.
4Turn the Zyxel Device off and on.
5If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try the advanced suggestion
(refer to I cannot see or access the Login screen in the Web Configurator in this chapter).
Note: Since your Zyxel Device is an outdoor-type, inclement weather like rain and hot weather may
affect LTE signals.
Chapter 35 Troubleshooting
LTE Series User’s Guide
275
35.5 USB Device Connection
The Zyxel Device fails to detect my USB device.
1Disconnect the USB device.
2Reboot the Zyxel Device.
3If you are connecting a USB hard drive that comes with an external power supply, make sure it is
connected to an appropriate power source that is on.
4Re-connect your USB device to the Zyxel Device.
35.6 UPnP
When using UPnP and the Zyxel Device reboots, my computer cannot detect UPnP and refresh
My Network Places > Local Network.
1Make sure that UPnP is enabled in your computer. For Windows 7, see Section 8.6 on page 140. For
Windows 10, see Section 8.7 on page 144.
2Make sure that UPnP is enabled in the Network Settings > Home Networking > UPnP screen. See Section
8.4 on page 138 for details.
3Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the Zyxel Device’s Ethernet port or from your computer.
4Re-connect the Ethernet cable.
The Local Area Connection icon for UPnP disappears in the screen.
Restart your computer.
I cannot open special applications such as white board, file transfer and video when I use the
MSN Messenger.
1Wait more than three minutes.
2Restart the applications.
Chapter 35 Troubleshooting
LTE Series User’s Guide
276
35.7 SIM Card
The SIM card cannot be detected.
1Disconnect the Zyxel Device from the power supply.
2Remove the SIM card from its slot.
3Clean the SIM card slot of any loose debris using compressed air.
4Clean the gold connectors on the SIM card with a clean lint-free cloth.
5Insert the SIM card into its slot and connect the Zyxel Device to the power supply to restart it.
I get an Invalid SIM card alert.
1Make sure you have an active plan with your ISP.
2Make sure that the Zyxel Device is in the coverage area of a cellular network.
35.8 Cellular Signal
How should I position the Zyxel Device to get a strong cellular signal?
1Find the location of your nearest cellular base station(s), then install the Zyxel Device towards the
direction of those sites. The nearest site or site with a direct line-of-sight is usually preferred.
Note: It is best to test towards more than one cellular site, as the nearest site / line-of-sight is
not always the best due to the terrain, interference, density of usage, etc. All of these
factors influence the stability, availability and throughput of the link to the Zyxel Device.
2Position the Zyxel Device towards a direction where coverage is expected (example the nearest town).
3Conduct test measurements using the Web Configurator’s System Monitor > Cellular WAN Status screen
to obtain a report of the cellular network signal strength and quality at various test positions.
Note: It is best to reboot the Zyxel Device before each test measurement is taken to ensure
that it is not camping on the previous cellular site. This is because the Zyxel Device can
‘lock’ onto the previous cellular site even when the new cellular site is at a much better
signal level and quality.
Chapter 35 Troubleshooting
LTE Series User’s Guide
277
Although installing the Zyxel Device as high as possible is the usual rule of thumb, it is sometimes possible
that the Zyxel Device is in a weak coverage spot at that specific height. Adjust the height to achieve the
best service possible.
Note: Cellular network signals and quality can fluctuate. A measurement taken now and a
few moments later can differ substantially even if nothing apparent has changed – this
can be due to many aspects, such as fading, reflections, interference, capacity due to
high network traffic, etc.
It is possible that the network topology and usage changes over time, even from one minute to the next
as network utilization increases. If poor performance is experienced at a later stage, re-test different
installation locations again. It is possible that the current serving cellular site has become over utilized or
is out-of-service. As the network design and topology changes, so will the experience change, either for
the better or for the worse.
278
PART III
Appendices
Appendices contain general information. Some information may not apply to your Zyxel Device.
LTE Series User’s Guide
279
APPENDIX A
Customer Support
In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using this manual, you should contact your vendor. If
you cannot contact your vendor, then contact a Zyxel office for the region in which you bought the
device.
See https://www.zyxel.com/homepage.shtml and also
https://www.zyxel.com/about_zyxel/zyxel_worldwide.shtml for the latest information.
Please have the following information ready when you contact an office.
Required Information
• Product model and serial number.
• Warranty Information.
• Date that you received your device.
• Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it.
Corporate Headquarters (Worldwide)
Taiwan
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com
Asia
China
• Zyxel Communications (Shanghai) Corp.
Zyxel Communications (Beijing) Corp.
Zyxel Communications (Tianjin) Corp.
• https://www.zyxel.com/cn/zh/
India
•Zyxel Technology India Pvt Ltd
• https://www.zyxel.com/in/en/
Kazakhstan
•Zyxel Kazakhstan
• https://www.zyxel.kz
Appendix A Customer Support
LTE Series User’s Guide
280
Korea
• Zyxel Korea Corp.
• http://www.zyxel.kr
Malaysia
• Zyxel Malaysia Sdn Bhd.
• http://www.zyxel.com.my
Pakistan
• Zyxel Pakistan (Pvt.) Ltd.
• http://www.zyxel.com.pk
Philippines
• Zyxel Philippines
• http://www.zyxel.com.ph
Singapore
• Zyxel Singapore Pte Ltd.
• http://www.zyxel.com.sg
Taiwan
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com/tw/zh/
Thailand
• Zyxel Thailand Co., Ltd
• https://www.zyxel.com/th/th/
Vietnam
• Zyxel Communications Corporation-Vietnam Office
• https://www.zyxel.com/vn/vi
Europe
Belarus
•Zyxel BY
• https://www.zyxel.by
Belgium
• Zyxel Communications B.V.
• https://www.zyxel.com/be/nl/
Appendix A Customer Support
LTE Series User’s Guide
281
• https://www.zyxel.com/be/fr/
Bulgaria
•Zyxel България
• https://www.zyxel.com/bg/bg/
Czech Republic
• Zyxel Communications Czech s.r.o
• https://www.zyxel.com/cz/cs/
Denmark
• Zyxel Communications A/S
• https://www.zyxel.com/dk/da/
Estonia
• Zyxel Estonia
• https://www.zyxel.com/ee/et/
Finland
• Zyxel Communications
• https://www.zyxel.com/fi/fi/
France
•Zyxel France
• https://www.zyxel.fr
Germany
•Zyxel Deutschland GmbH
• https://www.zyxel.com/de/de/
Hungary
• Zyxel Hungary & SEE
• https://www.zyxel.com/hu/hu/
Italy
• Zyxel Communications Italy
• https://www.zyxel.com/it/it/
Latvia
•Zyxel Latvia
• https://www.zyxel.com/lv/lv/
Appendix A Customer Support
LTE Series User’s Guide
282
Lithuania
•Zyxel Lithuania
• https://www.zyxel.com/lt/lt/
Netherlands
• Zyxel Benelux
• https://www.zyxel.com/nl/nl/
Norway
• Zyxel Communications
• https://www.zyxel.com/no/no/
Poland
• Zyxel Communications Poland
• https://www.zyxel.com/pl/pl/
Romania
• Zyxel Romania
• https://www.zyxel.com/ro/ro
Russia
• Zyxel Russia
• https://www.zyxel.com/ru/ru/
Slovakia
• Zyxel Communications Czech s.r.o. organizacna zlozka
• https://www.zyxel.com/sk/sk/
Spain
• Zyxel Communications ES Ltd
• https://www.zyxel.com/es/es/
Sweden
• Zyxel Communications
• https://www.zyxel.com/se/sv/
Switzerland
•Studerus AG
• https://www.zyxel.ch/de
• https://www.zyxel.ch/fr
Appendix A Customer Support
LTE Series User’s Guide
283
Turkey
• Zyxel Turkey A.S.
• https://www.zyxel.com/tr/tr/
UK
• Zyxel Communications UK Ltd.
• https://www.zyxel.com/uk/en/
Ukraine
•Zyxel Ukraine
• http://www.ua.zyxel.com
South America
Argentina
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
Brazil
• Zyxel Communications Brasil Ltda.
• https://www.zyxel.com/br/pt/
Colombia
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
Ecuador
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
South America
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com/co/es/
Middle East
Israel
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• http://il.zyxel.com/
Appendix A Customer Support
LTE Series User’s Guide
284
Middle East
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com/me/en/
North America
USA
• Zyxel Communications, Inc. - North America Headquarters
• https://www.zyxel.com/us/en/
Oceania
Australia
• Zyxel Communications Corporation
• https://www.zyxel.com/au/en/
Africa
South Africa
• Nology (Pty) Ltd.
• https://www.zyxel.com/za/en/
LTE Series User’s Guide
285
APPENDIX B
IPv6
Overview
IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6), is designed to enhance IP address size and features. The increase in
IPv6 address size to 128 bits (from the 32-bit IPv4 address) allows up to 3.4 x 1038 IP addresses.
IPv6 Addressing
The 128-bit IPv6 address is written as eight 16-bit hexadecimal blocks separated by colons (:). This is an
example IPv6 address 2001:0db8:1a2b:0015:0000:0000:1a2f:0000.
IPv6 addresses can be abbreviated in two ways:
• Leading zeros in a block can be omitted. So 2001:0db8:1a2b:0015:0000:0000:1a2f:0000 can be
written as 2001:db8:1a2b:15:0:0:1a2f:0.
• Any number of consecutive blocks of zeros can be replaced by a double colon. A double colon can
only appear once in an IPv6 address. So 2001:0db8:0000:0000:1a2f:0000:0000:0015 can be
written as 2001:0db8::1a2f:0000:0000:0015, 2001:0db8:0000:0000:1a2f::0015,
2001:db8::1a2f:0:0:15 or 2001:db8:0:0:1a2f::15.
Prefix and Prefix Length
Similar to an IPv4 subnet mask, IPv6 uses an address prefix to represent the network address. An IPv6
prefix length specifies how many most significant bits (start from the left) in the address compose the
network address. The prefix length is written as “/x” where x is a number. For example,
2001:db8:1a2b:15::1a2f:0/32
means that the first 32 bits (2001:db8) is the subnet prefix.
Link-local Address
A link-local address uniquely identifies a device on the local network (the LAN). It is similar to a “private IP
address” in IPv4. You can have the same link-local address on multiple interfaces on a device. A link-
local unicast address has a predefined prefix of fe80::/10. The link-local unicast address format is as
follows.
Table 118 Link-local Unicast Address Format
Global Address
A global address uniquely identifies a device on the Internet. It is similar to a “public IP address” in IPv4. A
global unicast address starts with a 2 or 3.
1111 1110 10 0 Interface ID
10 bits 54 bits 64 bits
Appendix B IPv6
LTE Series User’s Guide
286
Unspecified Address
An unspecified address (0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 or ::) is used as the source address when a device does not have
its own address. It is similar to “0.0.0.0” in IPv4.
Loopback Address
A loopback address (0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 or ::1) allows a host to send packets to itself. It is similar to “127.0.0.1”
in IPv4.
Multicast Address
In IPv6, multicast addresses provide the same functionality as IPv4 broadcast addresses. Broadcasting is
not supported in IPv6. A multicast address allows a host to send packets to all hosts in a multicast group.
Multicast scope allows you to determine the size of the multicast group. A multicast address has a
predefined prefix of ff00::/8. The following table describes some of the predefined multicast addresses.
The following table describes the multicast addresses which are reserved and cannot be assigned to a
multicast group.
Table 119 Predefined Multicast Address
MULTICAST ADDRESS DESCRIPTION
FF01:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 All hosts on a local node.
FF01:0:0:0:0:0:0:2 All routers on a local node.
FF02:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 All hosts on a local connected link.
FF02:0:0:0:0:0:0:2 All routers on a local connected link.
FF05:0:0:0:0:0:0:2 All routers on a local site.
FF05:0:0:0:0:0:1:3 All DHCP severs on a local site.
Table 120 Reserved Multicast Address
MULTICAST ADDRESS
FF00:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF01:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF02:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF03:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF04:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF05:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF06:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF07:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF08:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF09:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF0A:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF0B:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF0C:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF0D:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
Appendix B IPv6
LTE Series User’s Guide
287
Subnet Masking
Both an IPv6 address and IPv6 subnet mask compose of 128-bit binary digits, which are divided into
eight 16-bit blocks and written in hexadecimal notation. Hexadecimal uses four bits for each character
(1 ~ 10, A ~ F). Each block’s 16 bits are then represented by four hexadecimal characters. For example,
FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FC00:0000:0000:0000.
Interface ID
In IPv6, an interface ID is a 64-bit identifier. It identifies a physical interface (for example, an Ethernet
port) or a virtual interface (for example, the management IP address for a VLAN). One interface should
have a unique interface ID.
EUI-64
The EUI-64 (Extended Unique Identifier) defined by the IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers) is an interface ID format designed to adapt with IPv6. It is derived from the 48-bit (6-byte)
Ethernet MAC address as shown next. EUI-64 inserts the hex digits fffe between the third and fourth bytes
of the MAC address and complements the seventh bit of the first byte of the MAC address. See the
following example.
Identity Association
An Identity Association (IA) is a collection of addresses assigned to a DHCP client, through which the
server and client can manage a set of related IP addresses. Each IA must be associated with exactly
one interface. The DHCP client uses the IA assigned to an interface to obtain configuration from a DHCP
server for that interface. Each IA consists of a unique IAID and associated IP information.
The IA type is the type of address in the IA. Each IA holds one type of address. IA_NA means an identity
association for non-temporary addresses and IA_TA is an identity association for temporary addresses.
An IA_NA option contains the T1 and T2 fields, but an IA_TA option does not. The DHCPv6 server uses T1
and T2 to control the time at which the client contacts with the server to extend the lifetimes on any
addresses in the IA_NA before the lifetimes expire. After T1, the client sends the server (S1) (from which
the addresses in the IA_NA were obtained) a Renew message. If the time T2 is reached and the server
FF0E:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
FF0F:0:0:0:0:0:0:0
Table 120 Reserved Multicast Address (continued)
MULTICAST ADDRESS
MAC 00 : 13 : 49 :12 : 34 :56
EUI-64 02:13 :49 :FF :FE :12 : 34 :56
Appendix B IPv6
LTE Series User’s Guide
288
does not respond, the client sends a Rebind message to any available server (S2). For an IA_TA, the
client may send a Renew or Rebind message at the client's discretion.
DHCP Relay Agent
A DHCP relay agent is on the same network as the DHCP clients and helps forward messages between
the DHCP server and clients. When a client cannot use its link-local address and a well-known multicast
address to locate a DHCP server on its network, it then needs a DHCP relay agent to send a message to
a DHCP server that is not attached to the same network.
The DHCP relay agent can add the remote identification (remote-ID) option and the interface-ID option
to the Relay-Forward DHCPv6 messages. The remote-ID option carries a user-defined string, such as the
system name. The interface-ID option provides slot number, port information and the VLAN ID to the
DHCPv6 server. The remote-ID option (if any) is stripped from the Relay-Reply messages before the relay
agent sends the packets to the clients. The DHCP server copies the interface-ID option from the Relay-
Forward message into the Relay-Reply message and sends it to the relay agent. The interface-ID should
not change even after the relay agent restarts.
Prefix Delegation
Prefix delegation enables an IPv6 router to use the IPv6 prefix (network address) received from the ISP (or
a connected uplink router) for its LAN. The Zyxel Device uses the received IPv6 prefix (for example,
2001:db2::/48) to generate its LAN IP address. Through sending Router Advertisements (RAs) regularly by
multicast, the Zyxel Device passes the IPv6 prefix information to its LAN hosts. The hosts then can use the
prefix to generate their IPv6 addresses.
ICMPv6
Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (ICMPv6 or ICMP for IPv6) is defined in RFC 4443. ICMPv6 has
a preceding Next Header value of 58, which is different from the value used to identify ICMP for IPv4.
ICMPv6 is an integral part of IPv6. IPv6 nodes use ICMPv6 to report errors encountered in packet
processing and perform other diagnostic functions, such as "ping".
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)
The Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) is a protocol used to discover other IPv6 devices and track
neighbor’s reachability in a network. An IPv6 device uses the following ICMPv6 messages types:
• Neighbor solicitation: A request from a host to determine a neighbor’s link-layer address (MAC
address) and detect if the neighbor is still reachable. A neighbor being “reachable” means it
responds to a neighbor solicitation message (from the host) with a neighbor advertisement message.
• Neighbor advertisement: A response from a node to announce its link-layer address.
T1
T2
Renew Rebind
Rebind
to S1
Renew
to S1
Renew
to S1
Renew
to S1
Renew
to S1
Renew
to S1
to S2
to S2
Appendix B IPv6
LTE Series User’s Guide
289
• Router solicitation: A request from a host to locate a router that can act as the default router and
forward packets.
• Router advertisement: A response to a router solicitation or a periodical multicast advertisement from
a router to advertise its presence and other parameters.
IPv6 Cache
An IPv6 host is required to have a neighbor cache, destination cache, prefix list and default router list.
The Zyxel Device maintains and updates its IPv6 caches constantly using the information from response
messages. In IPv6, the Zyxel Device configures a link-local address automatically, and then sends a
neighbor solicitation message to check if the address is unique. If there is an address to be resolved or
verified, the Zyxel Device also sends out a neighbor solicitation message. When the Zyxel Device
receives a neighbor advertisement in response, it stores the neighbor’s link-layer address in the neighbor
cache. When the Zyxel Device uses a router solicitation message to query for a router and receives a
router advertisement message, it adds the router’s information to the neighbor cache, prefix list and
destination cache. The Zyxel Device creates an entry in the default router list cache if the router can be
used as a default router.
When the Zyxel Device needs to send a packet, it first consults the destination cache to determine the
next hop. If there is no matching entry in the destination cache, the Zyxel Device uses the prefix list to
determine whether the destination address is on-link and can be reached directly without passing
through a router. If the address is unlink, the address is considered as the next hop. Otherwise, the Zyxel
Device determines the next-hop from the default router list or routing table. Once the next hop IP
address is known, the Zyxel Device looks into the neighbor cache to get the link-layer address and sends
the packet when the neighbor is reachable. If the Zyxel Device cannot find an entry in the neighbor
cache or the state for the neighbor is not reachable, it starts the address resolution process. This helps
reduce the number of IPv6 solicitation and advertisement messages.
Multicast Listener Discovery
The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol (defined in RFC 2710) is derived from IPv4's Internet
Group Management Protocol version 2 (IGMPv2). MLD uses ICMPv6 message types, rather than IGMP
message types. MLDv1 is equivalent to IGMPv2 and MLDv2 is equivalent to IGMPv3.
MLD allows an IPv6 switch or router to discover the presence of MLD listeners who wish to receive
multicast packets and the IP addresses of multicast groups the hosts want to join on its network.
MLD snooping and MLD proxy are analogous to IGMP snooping and IGMP proxy in IPv4.
MLD filtering controls which multicast groups a port can join.
MLD Messages
A multicast router or switch periodically sends general queries to MLD hosts to update the multicast
forwarding table. When an MLD host wants to join a multicast group, it sends an MLD Report message
for that address.
An MLD Done message is equivalent to an IGMP Leave message. When an MLD host wants to leave a
multicast group, it can send a Done message to the router or switch. The router or switch then sends a
group-specific query to the port on which the Done message is received to determine if other devices
connected to this port should remain in the group.
Appendix B IPv6
LTE Series User’s Guide
290
Example - Enabling IPv6 on Windows 7
Windows 7 supports IPv6 by default. DHCPv6 is also enabled when you enable IPv6 on a Windows 7
computer.
To enable IPv6 in Windows 7:
1Select Control Panel > Network and Sharing Center > Local Area Connection.
2Select the Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6) checkbox to enable it.
3Click OK to save the change.
4Click Close to exit the Local Area Connection Status screen.
5Select Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
6Use the ipconfig command to check your dynamic IPv6 address. This example shows a global address
(2001:b021:2d::1000) obtained from a DHCP server.
Appendix B IPv6
LTE Series User’s Guide
291
C:\>ipconfig
Windows IP Configuration
Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . :
IPv6 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 2001:b021:2d::1000
Link-local IPv6 Address . . . . . : fe80::25d8:dcab:c80a:5189%11
IPv4 Address. . . . . . . . . . . : 172.16.100.61
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : fe80::213:49ff:feaa:7125%11
172.16.100.254
LTE Series User’s Guide
292
APPENDIX C
Legal Information
Copyright
Copyright © 2020 by Zyxel Communications Corporation.
The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, translated into any
language, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, photocopying, manual, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of Zyxel Communications Corporation.
Published by Zyxel Communications Corporation. All rights reserved.
Disclaimer
Zyxel does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products, or software described herein. Neither does it convey any
license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others. Zyxel further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein
without notice. This publication is subject to change without notice.
Regulatory Notice and Statement
EUROPEA N UNION
The following information applies if you use the product within the European Union.
Declaration of Conformity with Regard to EU Directive 2014/53/EU (Radio Equipment Directive, RED)
• Compliance information for wireless products relevant to the EU and other Countries following the EU Directive 2014/53/EU (RED). And this
product may be used in all EU countries (and other countries following the EU Directive 2014/53/EU) without any limitation except for the
countries mentioned below table:
• In the majority of the EU and other European countries, the 5GHz bands have been made available for the use of wireless local area
networks (LANs). Later in this document you will find an overview of countries in which additional restrictions or requirements or both are
applicable. The requirements for any country may evolve. Zyxel recommends that you check with the local authorities for the latest status of
their national regulations for the 5GHz wireless LANs.
• If this device for operation in the band 5150-5350 MHz, it is for indoor use only.
• This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 cm between the radio equipment and your body.
• The maximum RF power operating for each band as follows:
(LTE7240-M403)
•WiFi
• The band 2,400 to 2,483.5 MHz is 88.51 mW
•GSM
• The GSM 900 is 1967.89 mW
• The DCS 1800 is 968.28 mW
•WCDMA
• The WCDMA Band I is 213.8 mW
• The WCDMA Band VIII is 208.93 mW
•LTE
• The LTE Band 1 is 204.17 mW
• The LTE Band 3 is 199.53 mW
• The LTE Band 7 is 190.55 mW
• The LTE Band 8 is 208.93 mW
• The LTE Band 20 is 223.87 mW
• The LTE Band 38 is 147.91 mW
• The LTE Band 40 is 141.25 mW
(LTE3301-PLUS)
•WiFi
• The band 2,400 to 2,483.5 MHz is 81.28 mW
• The band 5,150 to 5,350 MHz is 180.3 mW
• The band 5,470 to 5,725 MHz is 612.35 mW
•WCDMA
• The WCDMA Band I is 193.64 mW
Appendix C Legal Information
LTE Series User’s Guide
293
• The WCDMA Band III is 228.56 mW
• The WCDMA Band VIII is 198.15 mW
•LTE
• The LTE Band 1 is 223.87 mW
• The LTE Band 3 is 239.88 mW
• The LTE Band 7 is 218.78 mW
• The LTE Band 8 is 186.21 mW
• The LTE Band 20 is 186.21 mW
• The LTE Band 28 is 206.06 mW
• The LTE Band 38 is 247.17 mW
• The LTE Band 40 is 231.21 mW
(LTE7480-M804 & LTE7490-M904)
• The band 2,400 to 2,483.5 MHz is 87.1 mW (LTE7480-M804)
• The band 2,400 to 2,483.5 MHz is 87.1 mW (LTE7490-M904)
•WCDMA
• The WCDMA Band I is 316.23 mW
• The WCDMA Band III is 316.23 mW
• The WCDMA Band VIII is 281.84 mW
•LTE
• The LTE Band 1/3/7/8/20/28/38/40 is 281.84 mW
(LTE3316-M604)
•WCDMA
• The WCDMA Band I is 193.64 mW
• The WCDMA Band III is 228.56 mW
• The WCDMA Band VIII is 198.15 mW
•LTE
• The LTE Band 1 is 223.87 mW
• The LTE Band 3 is 251.19 mW
• The LTE Band 7 is 218.78 mW
• The LTE Band 8 is 186.21 mW
• The LTE Band 20 is 186.21 mW
• The LTE Band 28 is 206.06 mW
• The LTE Band 38 is 247.17 mW
• The LTE Band 40 is 231.21 mW
• 802.11 Mode
• 802.11b Band is 84.3 mW
• 802.11g Band is 95.72 mW
• 802.11n Band is 96.83 mW
• 802.11ac Band is 195.88 mW
• 802.11ac Band is 392.64 mW
Български
(Bulgarian)
С настоящото Zyxel декларира, че това оборудване е в съответствие със съществените изисквания и другите
приложими разпоредбите на Директива 2014/53/ЕC.
National Restrictions
• The Belgian Institute for Postal Services and Telecommunications (BIPT) must be notified of any outdoor wireless link
having a range exceeding 300 meters. Please check http://www.bipt.be for more details.
• Draadloze verbindingen voor buitengebruik en met een reikwijdte van meer dan 300 meter dienen aangemeld te
worden bij het Belgisch Instituut voor postdiensten en telecommunicatie (BIPT). Zie http://www.bipt.be voor meer
gegevens.
• Les liaisons sans fil pour une utilisation en extérieur d’une distance supérieure à 300 mètres doivent être notifiées à
l’Institut Belge des services Postaux et des Télécommunications (IBPT). Visitez http://www.ibpt.be pour de plus amples
détails.
Español
(Spanish)
Por medio de la presente Zyxel declara que el equipo cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras
disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 2014/53/UE..
Čeština
(Czech)
Zyxel tímto prohlašuje, že tento zařízení je ve shodě se základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice
2014/53/EU.
Dansk (Danish) Undertegnede Zyxel erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr udstyr overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i
direktiv 2014/53/EU.
National Restrictions
• In Denmark, the band 5150 - 5350 MHz is also allowed for outdoor usage.
• I Danmark må frekvensbåndet 5150 - 5350 også anvendes udendørs.
Deutsch
(German)
Hiermit erklärt Zyxel, dass sich das Gerät Ausstattung in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den
übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU befindet.
Eesti keel
(Estonian)
Käesolevaga kinnitab Zyxel seadme seadmed vastavust direktiivi 2014/53/EL põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist
tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.
Ελληνικά
(Greek)
ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ Zyxel ∆ΗΛΩΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ εξοπλισμός ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΩΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΩ∆ΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ
∆ΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ Ο∆ΗΓΙΑΣ 2014/53/EE.
Appendix C Legal Information
LTE Series User’s Guide
294
Notes:
• Although Norway, Switzerland and Liechtenstein are not EU member states, the EU Directive 2014/53/EU has also been implemented in those
countries.
• The regulatory limits for maximum output power are specified in EIRP. The EIRP level (in dBm) of a device can be calculated by adding the
gain of the antenna used (specified in dBi) to the output power available at the connector (specified in dBm).
English Hereby, Zyxel declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of
Directive 2014/53/EU.
Français
(French)
Par la présente Zyxel déclare que l'appareil équipements est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions
pertinentes de la directive 2014/53/UE.
Hrvatski
(Croatian)
Zyxel ovime izjavljuje da je radijska oprema tipa u skladu s Direktivom 2014/53/UE.
Íslenska
(Icelandic)
Hér með lýsir, Zyxel því yfir að þessi búnaður er í samræmi við grunnkröfur og önnur viðeigandi ákvæði tilskipunar 2014/53/
UE.
Italiano (Italian) Con la presente Zyxel dichiara che questo attrezzatura è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti
stabilite dalla direttiva 2014/53/UE.
National Restrictions
• This product meets the National Radio Interface and the requirements specified in the National Frequency Allocation
Table for Italy. Unless this wireless LAN product is operating within the boundaries of the owner's property, its use requires
a “general authorization.” Please check http://www.sviluppoeconomico.gov.it/ for more details.
• Questo prodotto è conforme alla specifiche di Interfaccia Radio Nazionali e rispetta il Piano Nazionale di ripartizione
delle frequenze in Italia. Se non viene installato all 'interno del proprio fondo, l'utilizzo di prodotti Wireless LAN richiede
una “Autorizzazione Generale”. Consultare http://www.sviluppoeconomico.gov.it/ per maggiori dettagli.
Latviešu valoda
(Latvian)
Ar šo Zyxel deklarē, ka iekārtas atbilst Direktīvas 2014/53/ES būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.
National Restrictions
• The outdoor usage of the 2.4 GHz band requires an authorization from the Electronic Communications Office. Please
check http://www.esd.lv for more details.
• 2.4 GHz frekvenèu joslas izmantoðanai ârpus telpâm nepiecieðama atïauja no Elektronisko sakaru direkcijas. Vairâk
informâcijas: http://www.esd.lv.
Lietuvių kalba
(Lithuanian)
Šiuo Zyxel deklaruoja, kad šis įranga atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 2014/53/ES Direktyvos nuostatas.
Magyar
(Hungarian)
Alulírott, Zyxel nyilatkozom, hogy a berendezés megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 2014/53/EU
irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.
Malti (Maltese) Hawnhekk, Zyxel, jiddikjara li dan tagħmir jikkonforma mal-ħtiġijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oħrajn relevanti li hemm
fid-Dirrettiva 2014/53/UE.
Nederlands
(Dutch)
Hierbij verklaart Zyxel dat het toestel uitrusting in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante
bepalingen van richtlijn 2014/53/EU.
Polski (Polish) Niniejszym Zyxel oświadcza, że sprzęt jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami
Dyrektywy 2014/53/UE.
Português
(Portuguese)
Zyxel declara que este equipamento está conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 2014/53/
UE.
Română
(Romanian)
Prin prezenta, Zyxel declară că acest echipament este în conformitate cu cerinţele esenţiale şi alte prevederi relevante ale
Directivei 2014/53/UE.
Slovenčina
(Slovak)
Zyxel týmto vyhlasuje, že zariadenia spĺňa základné požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 2014/53/EÚ.
Slovenščina
(Slovene)
Zyxel izjavlja, da je ta oprema v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi določili direktive 2014/53/EU.
Suomi (Finnish) Zyxel vakuuttaa täten että laitteet tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 2014/53/EU oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien
direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.
Svenska
(Swedish)
Härmed intygar Zyxel att denna utrustning står I överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta
bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Norsk
(Norwegian)
Erklærer herved Zyxel at dette utstyret er I samsvar med de grunnleggende kravene og andre relevante bestemmelser I
direktiv 2014/53/EU.
Appendix C Legal Information
LTE Series User’s Guide
295
List of national codes
United States of America (LTE7461-M602 and LTE7480-S905)
The following information applies if you use the product within USA area.
FCC EMC Statement
• This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
• Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
• This product has been tested and complies with the specifications for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses,
and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used according to the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
• If this device does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which is found by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment or devices
• Connect the equipment to an outlet other than the receiver’s
• Consult a dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for assistance
The following information applies if you use the product with RF function within USA area.
FCC Radiation exposure statement
• This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
•(LTE7461-M602)
This transmitter must be at least 30 cm from the user and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
•(LTE7480-S905)
This transmitter must be at least 20 cm from the user and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
CANADA (LTE7461-M602)
The following information applies if you use the product within Canada area.
COUNTRY ISO 3166 2 LETTER CODE COUNTRY ISO 3166 2 LETTER CODE
Austria AT Liechtenstein LI
Belgium BE Lithuania LT
Bulgaria BG Luxembourg LU
Croatia HR Malta MT
Cyprus CY Netherlands NL
Czech Republic CZ Norway NO
Denmark DK Poland PL
Estonia EE Portugal PT
Finland FI Romania RO
France FR Serbia RS
Germany DE Slovakia SK
Greece GR Slovenia SI
Hungary HU Spain ES
Iceland IS Switzerland CH
Ireland IE Sweden SE
Italy IT Turkey TR
Latvia LV United Kingdom GB
Appendix C Legal Information
LTE Series User’s Guide
296
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada ICES Statement
CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B)
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada RSS-GEN & RSS-247 Statement
• This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada's
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
• This radio transmitter (2468C-LTE7461M602)) has been approved by Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada to operate
with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list that have, a gain
greater than the maximum gain indicated for any type listed, are strictly prohibited for use with this device.
Antenna Information
If the product with 5G wireless function operating in 5150-5250 MHz and 5725-5850 MHz, the following attention must be paid,
• The device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel
mobile satellite systems.
• For devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the
equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits as appropriate; and
• Where applicable, antenna type(s), antenna models(s), and the worst-case tilt angle(s) necessary to remain compliant with the e.i.r.p.
elevation mask requirement set forth in Section 6.2.2.3 of RSS 247 shall be clearly indicated.
If the product with 5G wireless function operating in 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz, the following attention must be paid.
• For devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz
shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit.
• L'émetteur/récepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Innovation, Sciences et
Développement économique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions
suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) L'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le
brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
• Le présent émetteur radio (2468C-LTE7461M602) a été approuvé par Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique Canada pour
fonctionner avec les types d'antenne énumérés ci dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal. Les types d'antenne non inclus dans cette
liste, et dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué pour tout type figurant sur la liste, sont strictement interdits pour l'exploitation de
l'émetteur.
informations antenne
Lorsque la fonction sans fil 5G fonctionnant en 5150-5250 MHz and 5725-5850 MHz est activée pour ce produit , il est nécessaire de porter une
attention particulière aux choses suivantes
• Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande de 5 150 à 5 250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l'intérieur afin de réduire les
risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux;
• Pour les dispositifs munis d'antennes amovibles, le gain maximal d'antenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande de 5 725 à 5 850 MHz)
doit être conforme à la limite de la p.i.r.e. spécifiée, selon le cas;
• Lorsqu'il y a lieu, les types d'antennes (s'il y en a plusieurs), les numéros de modèle de l'antenne et les pires angles d'inclinaison nécessaires
pour rester conforme à l'exigence de la p.i.r.e. applicable au masque d'élévation, énoncée à la section 6.2.2.3 du CNR-247, doivent être
clairement indiqués.
Chain No. Antenna Type Frequency Range WiFi Gain (dBi) LTE Gain (dBi) Connector
WLAN-ANT0 PIFA 2.4 ~ 2.4835 GHz 6 N.A. iPEX
WLAN-ANT1 PIFA 2.4 ~ 2.4835 GHz 5 N.A. iPEX
WWAN Dipole 2500 ~ 2570 MHz N.A. 9 iPEX
698 ~ 716 MHz N.A. 3.5 iPEX
777 ~ 787 MHz N.A. 3 iPEX
1850 ~ 1915 MHz N.A. 8 iPEX
814 ~ 849 MHz N.A. 3.6 iPEX
2305 ~ 2315 MHz N.A. 9 iPEX
1710 ~ 1780 MHz N.A. 6 iPEX
Chaîne NB. Antenne Type Gamme de fréquences WiFi Gain (dBi) LTE Gain (dBi) Connecteur
WLAN-ANT0 PIFA 2.4 ~ 2.4835 GHz 6 N.A. iPEX
WLAN-ANT1 PIFA 2.4 ~ 2.4835 GHz 5 N.A. iPEX
WWAN Dipole 2500 ~ 2570 MHz N.A. 9 iPEX
698 ~ 716 MHz N.A. 3.5 iPEX
777 ~ 787 MHz N.A. 3 iPEX
1850 ~ 1915 MHz N.A. 8 iPEX
814 ~ 849 MHz N.A. 3.6 iPEX
2305 ~ 2315 MHz N.A. 9 iPEX
1710 ~ 1780 MHz N.A. 6 iPEX
Appendix C Legal Information
LTE Series User’s Guide
297
Lorsque la fonction sans fil 5G fonctionnant en 5250-5350 MHz et 5470-5725 MHz est activée pour ce produit , il est nécessaire de porter une
attention particulière aux choses suivantes.
• Pour les dispositifs munis d’antennes amovibles, le gain maximal d'antenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes de 5 250 à 5 350 MHz
et de 5 470 à 5 725 MHz doit être conforme à la limite de la p.i.r.e.
Industry Canada radiation exposure statement
This equipment complies with ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and
operated with a minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body.
Déclaration d’exposition aux radiations:
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements ISED établies pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet équipement
doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.
Safety Warnings (All LTE Models)
• Do not use this product near water, for example, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool.
• Do not expose your Zyxel Device to dampness, dust or corrosive liquids.
• Do not store things on the device.
• Do not obstruct the Zyxel Device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your Zyxel Device. For example, do not place the Zyxel
Device in an enclosed space such as a box or on a very soft surface such as a bed or sofa.
• Do not install, use, or service this Zyxel Device during a thunderstorm. There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
• Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the Zyxel Device.
• Do not open the Zyxel Device or unit. Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks.
• Only qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this Zyxel Device. Please contact your vendor for further information.
• Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports.
• Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them.
• Always disconnect all cables from this Zyxel Device before servicing or disassembling.
• Do not remove the plug and connect it to a power outlet by itself; always attach the plug to the power adapter first before connecting it to
a power outlet.
• Do not allow anything to rest on the power adapter or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adapter
or cord.
• Please use the provided or designated connection cables/power cables/adapters. Connect it to the right supply voltage (for example, 110V
AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe). If the power adapter or cord is damaged, it might cause electrocution. Remove it from the Zyxel
Device and the power source, repairing the power adapter or cord is prohibited. Contact your local vendor to order a new one.
• The following warning statements apply, where the disconnect device is not incorporated in the Zyxel Device or where the plug on the
power supply cord is intended to serve as the disconnect device,
- For permanently connected Zyxel Device, a readily accessible disconnect device shall be incorporated external to the Zyxel Device;
- For pluggable devices, the socket-outlet shall be installed near the Zyxel Device and shall be easily accessible.
Environment Statement
ErP (LTE3301-PLUS / LTE5388-M804 / LTE5398-M904 / LTE3316-M604)
Zyxel products put on the EU market in compliance with the requirement of the European Parliament and the Council published Directive 2009/
125/EC establishing a framework for the setting of ecodesign requirements for energy-related products (recast), so called as "ErP Directive
(Energy-related Products directive) as well as ecodesign requirement laid down in applicable implementing measures, power consumption has
satisfied regulation requirements which are:
• Network standby power consumption < 8W, and/or
• Off mode power consumption < 0.5W, and/or
• Standby mode power consumption < 0.5W.
(Wireless settings, please refer to the chapter about wireless settings for more detail.)
European Union - Disposal and Recycling Information
The symbol below means that according to local regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from domestic
waste. If this product is end of life, take it to a recycling station designated by local authorities. At the time of disposal, the separate collection of
your product and/or its battery will help save natural resources and ensure that the environment is sustainable development.
Die folgende Symbol bedeutet, dass Ihr Produkt und/oder seine Batterie gemäß den örtlichen Bestimmungen getrennt vom Hausmüll entsorgt
werden muss. Wenden Sie sich an eine Recyclingstation, wenn dieses Produkt das Ende seiner Lebensdauer erreicht hat. Zum Zeitpunkt der
Entsorgung wird die getrennte Sammlung von Produkt und/oder seiner Batterie dazu beitragen, natürliche Ressourcen zu sparen und die Umwelt
und die menschliche Gesundheit zu schützen.
El símbolo de abajo indica que según las regulaciones locales, su producto y/o su batería deberán depositarse como basura separada de la
doméstica. Cuando este producto alcance el final de su vida útil, llévelo a un punto limpio. Cuando llegue el momento de desechar el
producto, la recogida por separado éste y/o su batería ayudará a salvar los recursos naturales y a proteger la salud humana y
medioambiental.
Le symbole ci-dessous signifie que selon les réglementations locales votre produit et/ou sa batterie doivent être éliminés séparément des ordures
ménagères. Lorsque ce produit atteint sa fin de vie, amenez-le à un centre de recyclage. Au moment de la mise au rebut, la collecte séparée
de votre produit et/ou de sa batterie aidera à économiser les ressources naturelles et protéger l'environnement et la santé humaine.
Il simbolo sotto significa che secondo i regolamenti locali il vostro prodotto e/o batteria deve essere smaltito separatamente dai rifiuti domestici.
Quando questo prodotto raggiunge la fine della vita di servizio portarlo a una stazione di riciclaggio. Al momento dello smaltimento, la raccolta
separata del vostro prodotto e/o della sua batteria aiuta a risparmiare risorse naturali e a proteggere l'ambiente e la salute umana.
Appendix C Legal Information
LTE Series User’s Guide
298
Symbolen innebär att enligt lokal lagstiftning ska produkten och/eller dess batteri kastas separat från hushållsavfallet. När den här produkten når
slutet av sin livslängd ska du ta den till en återvinningsstation. Vid tiden för kasseringen bidrar du till en bättre miljö och mänsklig hälsa genom att
göra dig av med den på ett återvinningsställe.
台灣
以下訊息僅適用於產品具有無線功能且銷售至台灣地區
• 第十二條 經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機，非經許可，公司，商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功能。
• 第十四條 低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信；經發現有干擾現象時，應立即停用，並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。
前項合法通信，指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信。 低功率射頻電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。
• 無線資訊傳輸設備忍受合法通信之干擾且不得干擾合法通信；如造成干擾，應立即停用， 俟無干擾之虞，始得繼續使用。
• 無線資訊傳輸設備的製造廠商應確保頻率穩定性，如依製造廠商使用手冊上所述正常操作， 發射的信號應維持於操作頻帶中
• 使用無線產品時，應避免影響附近雷達系統之操作。
• 高增益指向性天線只得應用於固定式點對點系統。
以下訊息僅適用於產品屬於專業安裝並銷售至台灣地區
• 本器材須經專業工程人員安裝及設定，始得設置使用，且不得直接販售給一般消費者。
安全警告 - 為了您的安全，請先閱讀以下警告及指示 :
• 請勿將此產品接近水、火焰或放置在高溫的環境。
• 避免設備接觸 :
- 任何液體 - 切勿讓設備接觸水、雨水、高濕度、污水腐蝕性的液體或其他水份。
- 灰塵及污物 - 切勿接觸灰塵、污物、沙土、食物或其他不合適的材料。
• 雷雨天氣時，不要安裝，使用或維修此設備。有遭受電擊的風險。
• 切勿重摔或撞擊設備，並勿使用不正確的電源變壓器。
• 若接上不正確的電源變壓器會有爆炸的風險。
• 請勿隨意更換產品內的電池。
• 如果更換不正確之電池型式，會有爆炸的風險，請依製造商說明書處理使用過之電池。
• 請將廢電池丟棄在適當的電器或電子設備回收處。
• 請勿將設備解體。
• 請勿阻礙設備的散熱孔，空氣對流不足將會造成設備損害。
• 請插在正確的電壓供給插座 ( 如 : 北美 / 台灣電壓 110V AC，歐洲是 230V AC)。
• 假若電源變壓器或電源變壓器的纜線損壞，請從插座拔除，若您還繼續插電使用，會有觸電死亡的風險。
• 請勿試圖修理電源變壓器或電源變壓器的纜線，若有毀損，請直接聯絡您購買的店家，購買一個新的電源變壓器。
• 請勿將此設備安裝於室外，此設備僅適合放置於室內。
• 請勿隨一般垃圾丟棄。
• 請參閱產品背貼上的設備額定功率。
• 請參考產品型錄或是彩盒上的作業溫度。
• 產品沒有斷電裝置或者採用電源線的插頭視為斷電裝置的一部分，以下警語將適用 :
- 對永久連接之設備， 在設備外部須安裝可觸及之斷電裝置；
- 對插接式之設備， 插座必須接近安裝之地點而且是易於觸及的。
About the Symbols
Various symbols are used in this product to ensure correct usage, to prevent danger to the user and others, and to prevent property damage.
The meaning of these symbols are described below. It is important that you read these descriptions thoroughly and fully understand the
contents.
Appendix C Legal Information
LTE Series User’s Guide
299
Explanation of the Symbols
Viewing Certifications
Go to http://www.zyxel.com to view this product’s documentation and certifications.
Zyxel Limited Warranty
Zyxel warrants to the original end user (purchaser) that this product is free from any defects in material or workmanship for a specific period (the
Warranty Period) from the date of purchase. The Warranty Period varies by region. Check with your vendor and/or the authorized Zyxel local
distributor for details about the Warranty Period of this product. During the warranty period, and upon proof of purchase, should the product
have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or materials, Zyxel will, at its discretion, repair or replace the defective products or
components without charge for either parts or labor, and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to
proper operating condition. Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value,
and will be solely at the discretion of Zyxel. This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified, misused, tampered with, damaged by
an act of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions.
Note
Repair or replacement, as provided under this warranty, is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties,
express or implied, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose. Zyxel shall in no event be held
liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser.
To obtain the services of this warranty, contact your vendor. You may also refer to the warranty policy for the region in which you bought the
Zyxel Device at http://www.zyxel.com/web/support_warranty_info.php.
Registration
Register your product online at www.zyxel.com to receive e-mail notices of firmware upgrades and related information.
Open Source Licenses
This product may contain in part some free software distributed under GPL license terms and/or GPL like licenses. Open source licenses are
provided with the firmware package. You can download the latest firmware at www.zyxel.com. If you cannot find it there, contact your vendor
or Zyxel Technical Support at support@zyxel.com.tw.
To obtain the source code covered under those Licenses, please contact your vendor or Zyxel Technical Support at support@zyxel.com.
SYMBOL EXPLANATION
Alternating current (AC):
AC is an electric current in which the flow of electric charge periodically reverses direction.
Direct current (DC):
DC if the unidirectional flow or movement of electric charge carriers.
Earth; ground:
A wiring terminal intended for connection of a Protective Earthing Conductor.
Class II equipment:
The method of protection against electric shock in the case of class II equipment is either double insulation or
reinforced insulation.
Index
LTE Series User’s Guide
300
Index
A
access
troubleshooting 272
Access Control (Rules) screen 188
ACS 253
activation
firewalls 185
Add New ACL Rule screen 189
Address Resolution Protocol 229
Any_WAN
Remote Management 249
TR-069 traffic 254
APN information
obtain 91
APN Settings 92
Application Layer Gateway (ALG) 170
applications
Internet access 18
wireless WAN 18
ARP Table 229, 231, 234
ARP Table screen 230
authentication 120, 121
RADIUS server 121
Authentication Type
APN 92
Auto Configuration Server, see ACS 253
B
backup
configuration 267
backup configuration 267
Backup/Restore screen 266
Band Configuration Screen 93
Basic Service Set, see BSS
blinking LEDs 24
Broadband 83
BSS 122
example 123
C
CA 207
Cellular Band screen 93
Cellular SIM screen 92
Cellular WAN 249
TR-069 traffic 254
Cellular WAN Screen 91
Cellular WAN screen 89, 91
certificate
details 209
factory default 202
file format 208
file path 206
import 202, 205
public and private keys 208
verification 208
certificate request
create 202
view 203
certificates 201
advantages 208
authentication 201
CA 207
creating 202
public key 201
replacing 202
storage space 202
thumbprint algorithms 209
thumbprints 209
trusted CAs 206
verifying fingerprints 208
Certification Authority, see CA
certifications 295
viewing 299
channel, wireless LAN 119
client list 136
configuration
Index
LTE Series User’s Guide
301
backup 267
firewalls 185
restoring 267
static route 176
contact information 279
copyright 292
Create Certificate Request screen 202
creating certificates 202
CTS threshold 114, 120
customer support 279
customized service
add 187
customized services 187, 188
D
data fragment threshold 114, 120
Data Roaming
enable 91
Denials of Service, see DoS
DHCP 132
DHCP Server Lease Time 134
DHCP Server State 134
diagnostic 269
diagnostic screens 269
digital IDs 201
disclaimer 292
DMZ screen 170
DNS 132
DNS Values 134
domain name system, see DNS
DoS 184
thresholds 185
DoS protection blocking
enable 192
dynamic DNS 175
wildcard 175
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, see DHCP
DYNDNS wildcard 175
E
e-mail
log setting 263
Extended Service Set IDentification 102, 107
F
factory-default
RESET button 31
filters
MAC address 108, 121
firewall
enhancing security 193
security considerations 193
traffic rule direction 191
Firewall DoS screen 191
Firewall General screen 186
firewall rules
direction of travel 192
firewalls 184, 185
actions 191
configuration 185
customized services 187, 188
DoS 184
thresholds 185
ICMP 184
rules 192
security 193
firmware 264
version 73
Firmware Upgrade screen 264
firmware upload 264
firmware version
check 265
fragmentation threshold 114, 120
FTP 163
unusable 273
G
General wireless LAN screen 100
Index
LTE Series User’s Guide
302
H
hardware connections
troubleshooting 271
I
IANA 140
ICMP 184
Import Certificate screen 206
importing trusted CAs 206
Internet
no access 273
wizard setup 44
Internet access 18
wizard setup 44
Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
See IANA
Internet Blocking 71
Internet connection
slow or erratic 274
Internet Control Message Protocol, see ICMP
Internet Protocol version 6, see IPv6
IP address
WAN 84
IP address access control 251
IP Passthrough mode 98
IP Passthrough screen 39, 97
IPv4 firewall 186
IPv6 285
addressing 285
EUI-64 287
global address 285
interface ID 287
link-local address 285
Neighbor Discovery Protocol 285
ping 285
prefix 285
prefix length 285
unspecified address 286
IPv6 firewall 186
L
LAN 131
client list 136
MAC address 116, 137
status 74, 81
LAN IP address 134
LAN IPv6 Mode Setup 134
LAN Setup screen 132
LAN subnet mask 134
limitations
wireless LAN 122
WPS 129
listening port 217
Local Area Network, see LAN
local certificate
TR-069 client 254
Local Certificates screen 201
Log Setting screen 261
login 35
passwords 35
troubleshooting 272
Login screen
no access 272
logs 223, 226, 239, 261
M
MAC Address
LAN 137
MAC address 110, 116, 137
filter 108, 121
MAC authentication 108
MAC Authentication screen 104, 109
Mac filter 195
managing the device
good habits 20
using FTP. See FTP.
MGMT Services screen 248, 249
MSN Messenger
problem 275
Multi_WAN
Remote Management 249
TR-069 traffic 254
Index
LTE Series User’s Guide
303
N
NAT
default server 170
DMZ host 170
multiple server example 163
NAT ALG screen 170, 171, 173
Network Address Translation, see NAT
network disconnect
temporary 265
Network Map 71
network map 39
network type
select 94
Nslookup test 270
O
Others screen 113
P
password
admin 272
good habit 20
lost 272
user 272
passwords 35
PBC 124
PIN Protection 93
PIN, WPS 124
example 126
Ping
unusable 273
Ping test 270
Ping/TraceRoute/Nslookup screen 269
PLMN Configuration Screen 94
PoE injector 18, 271
port forwarding rule
add/edit 164
Port Forwarding screen 164
Port Triggering
add new rule 168
Port Triggering screen 166
ports 24
power
troubleshooting 271
preamble 115, 120
preamble mode 123
problem
troubleshooting 271
Protocol (Customized Services) screen 187
Protocol Entry
add 187
Push Button Configuration, see PBC
push button, WPS 124
R
RADIUS server 121
Reboot screen 267
remote management
TR-069 253
Remote Procedure Calls, see RPCs 253
RESET Button 31
restart system 267
restore default settings
after firmware upgrade 265
restoring configuration 267
RFC 1058. See RIP.
RFC 1389. See RIP.
RFC 1631 162
RFC 3164 223
RIP 161
router features 18
Routing Information Protocol. See RIP
Routing Table screen 232, 234
RPPCs 253
RTS threshold 114, 120
S
security
network 193
wireless LAN 120
Index
LTE Series User’s Guide
304
Security Log 224
service access control 249, 251
Service Set 102, 107
setup
firewalls 185
static route 176
SIM card
status 75, 240
SIM configuration 92
SSH
unusable 273
SSID 121
Static DHCP 136
Configuration 137
Static DHCP screen 136
static route 154, 161
configuration 176
status 71
firmware version 73
LAN 74, 81
WAN 73
wireless LAN 74
status indicators 24
syslog
protocol 223
severity levels 223
syslog logging
enable 262
syslog server
name or IP address 263
system
firmware 264
version 73
passwords 35
status 71
LAN 74, 81
WAN 73
wireless LAN 74
time 255
T
Telnet
unusable 273
The 84
thresholds
data fragment 114, 120
DoS 185
RTS/CTS 114, 120
time 255
TR-069 253
authentication 254
TR-069 Client screen 253
Trace Route test 270
troubleshooting 271
Trust Domain
add 251
Trust Domain screen 250
Trusted CA certificate
view 206
Trusted CA screen 205
Turning on UPnP
Windows 7 example 140
U
Universal Plug and Play, see UPnP
upgrading firmware 264
UPnP 138
forum 132
security issues 132
State 138
undetectable 275
usage confirmation 132
UPnP screen 138
UPnP-enabled Network Device
auto-discover 141, 146
W
WAN
status 73
Wide Area Network, see WAN 83
warranty 299
note 299
Web Configurator
easy access 149
web configurator
Index
LTE Series User’s Guide
305
login 35
passwords 35
WEP Encryption 103
Wireless General screen 100
wireless LAN 99
authentication 120, 121
BSS 122
example 123
channel 119
example 119
fragmentation threshold 114, 120
limitations 122
MAC address filter 108, 121
preamble 115, 120
RADIUS server 121
RTS/CTS threshold 114, 120
security 120
SSID 121
status 74
WPS 123, 126
example 127
limitations 129
PIN 124
push button 124
Wireless tutorial 48
wizard setup
Internet 44
WMM screen 112
WPS 123, 126
example 127
limitations 129
PIN 124
example 126
push button 124
WPS screen 110